Page 1 FTOS Command Line Reference Guide for the S4810 System FTOS 9.1.(0.0)
Page 2: Notes, Cautions, And Warnings
CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. © 2013 Dell Inc. Trademarks used in this text: Dell , the Dell logo, Dell Boomi , Dell Precision , OptiPlex...
Page 3: Table Of Contents
Contents Notes, Cautions, and Warnings....................2 1 About this Guide........................49 ................................49 Objectives .................................49 Audience ................................49 Conventions ..............................50 Information Icons 2 CLI Basics...........................51 ..........................51 Accessing the Command Line ..........................51 Multiple Configuration Users ................................52 Obtaining Help ..............................53 Navigating the CLI ..........................54 Using the Keyword no Command ............................54 Filtering show Commands ..............................55...
Page 4 ..........................77 fsck flash (S-Series and Z-Series) ..................................78 ..................................78 rename ..............................79 show boot system ................................80 show bootvar ..................................81 show file ..............................82 show file-systems .................................83 show linecard ..............................84 show os-version ...............................85 show running-config .................................89 show sfm ..............................90 show startup-config ................................93 Object Missing .............................93 upgrade (C-Series version) .............................94...
Page 5 ................................118 exec-banner .................................119 exec-timeout ..................................119 exit ..............................120 ftp-server enable ..............................121 ftp-server topdir .............................122 ftp-server username ................................123 hostname ..............................123 ip ftp password ............................124 ip ftp source-interface ..............................125 ip ftp username ............................126 ip telnet server enable .............................126 ip telnet source-interface ............................127 ip tftp source-interface ..................................128 line .................................129...
Page 6 ......................164 show processes cpu (C-Series and E-Series) ..........................166 show processes cpu (S-Series) .........................170 show processes ipc flow-control ....................173 show processes memory (C-Series and E-Series) ........................176 show processes memory (S-Series) ........................178 show processes switch-utilization ................................179 show rpm ..............................182 show software ifm ..............................183 show switch links ........................184...
Page 7 ..........................211 show ethernet cfm statistics ........................212 show ethernet cfm port-statistics ........................213 show ethernet cfm traceroute-cache ..................................213 service ..........................214 traceroute cache hold-time ............................214 traceroute cache size ..............................215 traceroute ethernet 6 802.1X............................217 ................................218 debug dot1x ...............................218 dot1x auth-fail-vlan ..............................219 dot1x auth-server .............................219 dot1x auth-type mab-only ........................220 dot1x authentication (Configuration)
Page 8 ...........................241 ip access-list standard ................................242 permit ..........................244 resequence access-list ..........................245 resequence prefix-list ipv4 ..................................245 ..........................247 Extended IP ACL Commands ................................248 deny ................................250 deny arp ..............................251 deny ether-type ...............................253 deny icmp ................................256 deny tcp .................................259 deny udp ..........................262 ip access-list extended ................................263 permit ...............................265...
Page 9 ..............................300 ip prefix-list ................................301 permit ..................................301 ..............................302 show config ..........................303 show ip prefix-list detail ...........................304 show ip prefix-list summary ............................305 Route Map Commands ................................305 continue ..............................306 description ..............................306 match as-path ............................307 match community ..............................308 match interface ............................309 match ip address ............................309 match ip next-hop ............................310...
Page 10 ............................330 ip community-list ................................331 permit ..............................332 show config ..........................332 show ip community-lists 8 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD)................335 ..............................335 bfd all-neighbors ................................336 bfd disable ............................337 bfd enable (Configuration) ............................337 bfd enable (Interface) ................................338 bfd interval ................................339 bfd neighbor ............................339 bfd protocol-liveness ..............................340 clear bfd counters ................................341...
Page 11 ..........................363 bgp fast-external-fallover ..........................363 bgp four-octet-as-support ............................364 bgp graceful-restart ..........................365 bgp log-neighbor-changes ..........................365 bgp non-deterministic-med ..........................366 bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop ..........................366 bgp regex-eval-optz-disable ..............................367 bgp router-id ..........................368 bgp soft-reconfig-backup ..........................369 capture bgp-pdu neighbor ........................369 capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size ..............................370 clear ip bgp ..........................371 clear ip bgp dampening ..........................372 clear ip bgp flap-statistics...
Page 12 ......................392 neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) ......................393 neighbor peer-group (creating group) .........................394 neighbor peer-group passive ............................394 neighbor remote-as ...........................395 neighbor remove-private-as ............................396 neighbor route-map ........................397 neighbor route-reflector-client ..........................397 neighbor send-community ............................398 neighbor shutdown ......................399 neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound .............................400 neighbor subnet ..............................400 neighbor timers ..........................401 neighbor update-source...
Page 13 ..............................439 MBGP Commands ......................440 address family ipv4 multicast (MBGP) ............................440 aggregate-address ...............................441 bgp dampening ..........................442 clear ip bgp ipv4 multicast ..........................442 clear ip bgp dampening ..........................443 clear ip bgp flap-statistics ..........................444 debug ip bgp dampening ........................444 debug ip bgp peer-group updates .............................445 debug ip bgp updates ..............................445...
Page 14 ..............................470 permit regex ............................471 set extcommunity rt ............................472 set extcommunity soo .......................473 show ip bgp ipv4 extcommunity-list ........................474 show ip bgp paths extcommunity ..........................474 show ip extcommunity-list ......................475 show running-config extcommunity-list ............................476 IPv6 BGP Commands ..............................476 address-family ............................476 aggregate-address ..........................477 bgp always-compare-med ..........................478 bgp bestpath as-path ignore...
Page 15 .....................497 debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration ..........................498 debug ip bgp keepalives ..........................498 debug ip bgp notifications .............................499 debug ip bgp updates ..............................500 default-metric ..............................500 description ..............................501 distance bgp ..............................501 ipv6 prefix-list ..............................502 maximum-paths ............................502 neighbor activate ........................503 neighbor advertisement-interval ............................504 neighbor allowas-in ..........................504...
Page 16 ..............................525 show config ..........................525 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast ......................526 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list ......................526 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community .......................527 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list ....................528 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths ........................528 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail ....................528 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list ........................529...
Page 17 ........................549 neighbor route-reflector-client ................................549 network ..............................550 redistribute ..........................551 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast ......................553 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list ......................553 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community .......................554 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list ....................554 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths ........................554 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail ........................555...
Page 18 ........................587 cam-l2acl (CONFIGURATION) ..............................588 show cam-l2acl 12 Control Plane Policing (CoPP).....................589 ............................589 control-plane-cpuqos ........................589 service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues ........................590 service-policy rate-limit-protocols ............................591 show cpu-queue rate cp ........................591 show ip protocol-queue-mapping ........................592 show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping ........................593 show mac protocol-queue-mapping 13 Data Center Bridging (DCB)....................595 ..............................595 DCB Command ..............................595...
Page 19 ..........................614 priority-group qos-policy .............................615 qos-policy-output ets ................................615 scheduler ................................616 set-pgid ............................617 show interface ets ............................622 show qos dcb-output ..........................622 show qos priority-groups ......................623 show stack-unit stack-ports ets detail ..............................624 DCBX Commands ...........................624 advertise dcbx-app-tlv ..........................624 advertise dcbx-appln-tlv ............................625 advertise dcbx-tlv ..............................626 dcbx port-role ..............................626...
Page 20 ..............................653 clear ip dhcp ............................654 debug ip dhcp server ..............................654 default-router ................................655 disable ..............................655 dns-server ..............................655 domain-name ............................656 excluded-address ............................656 hardware-address .................................657 host ................................657 lease ............................658 netbios-name-server ............................658 netbios-node-type ................................659 network .................................659 pool .............................659 show ip dhcp binding ..........................660 show ip dhcp configuration .............................660 show ip dhcp conflict ............................660...
Page 21 .............................678 hash-algorithm seed ............................679 ip ecmp-deterministic ...............................680 ip ecmp-group ............................680 ipv6 ecmp-deterministic ......................681 link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold ...........................681 link-bundle-monitor enable ................................682 show config ..........................682 show link-bundle distribution 17 FIPS Cryptography........................683 ..................................683 FIPS ..............................683 fips mode enable ..............................684 show fips status ................................684 show ip ssh ..................................685 18 FIP Snooping..........................689 ......................689...
Page 22 ................................709 protocol frrp ................................709 show frrp ..................................711 timer 20 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP)..................713 ..............................714 clear gvrp statistics ................................715 debug gvrp ...................................716 disable ................................716 garp timers ................................717 gvrp enable ..............................718 gvrp registration .................................719 protocol gvrp ................................719 show config ..............................719 show garp timers ................................720 show gvrp ..............................721...
Page 23 ..........................743 ip igmp querier-timeout ............................744 ip igmp query-interval .........................744 ip igmp query-max-resp-time ............................745 ip igmp ssm-map ............................746 ip igmp static-group ...............................747 ip igmp version ............................747 show ip igmp groups ...........................749 show ip igmp interface ...........................750 show ip igmp ssm-map ..........................751 IGMP Snooping Commands ..........................752 ip igmp snooping enable...
Page 24 ............................779 monitor interface ..................................781 .............................783 negotiation auto .............................785 portmode hybrid ..............................786 rate-interval ..............................787 show config ....................787 show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) ..............................788 show interfaces ...........................795 show interfaces configured ...........................796 show interfaces dampening ..........................797 show interfaces debounce ...........................798 show interfaces description ..........................800 show interfaces linecard ............................801...
Page 25 ............................833 show ip udp-helper 25 IPv4 Routing...........................835 ..................................835 ..............................836 arp backoff-time ..............................837 arp learn-enable ................................837 arp retries ................................838 arp timeout ..............................838 clear arp-cache ................................840 clear host ...............................840 clear ip fib linecard ............................841 clear ip fib stack-unit .................................842 clear ip route ..............................842 clear tcp statistics ................................843...
Page 26 ................................872 show hosts ............................874 show ip cam linecard ............................877 show ip cam stack-unit ...............................879 show ip fib linecard ............................880 show ip fib stack-unit ................................882 show ip flow ..............................883 show ip interface ..........................886 show ip management-route ..........................887 show ipv6 management-route ..............................887 show ip protocols ................................888 show ip route...
Page 27 ...............................927 test cam-usage ..........................929 IPv6 Route Map Commands ............................929 match ipv6 address ............................929 match ipv6 next-hop ..........................930 match ipv6 route-source ...............................931 route-map ............................931 set ipv6 next-hop ..............................932 show config .............................932 show route-map 27 IPv6 Basics..........................935 ................................935 clear ipv6 fib ..............................935 clear ipv6 route ...............................936 clear ipv6 mld_host...
Page 28 ..............................962 iscsi target port ................................963 show iscsi ..............................963 show iscsi session ..........................964 show iscsi session detailed ...............................965 show run iscsi 29 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS).............967 ..............................967 adjacency-check ................................968 advertise ..............................968 area-password ................................969 clear config ................................970 clear isis ................................970 clns host ................................971 debug isis...
Page 29 ..............................990 isis ipv6 metric ................................991 isis metric ............................992 isis network point-to-point ................................992 isis password ................................993 isis priority ...................................994 is-type ............................994 log-adjacency-changes ..............................995 lsp-gen-interval ..................................996 lsp-mtu ...............................996 lsp-refresh-interval ............................997 max-area-addresses ..............................997 max-lsp-lifetime ..............................998 maximum-paths ................................999 metric-style ...............................999 multi-topology ..................................1000 ..............................1000 passive-interface ................................1001 redistribute ..............................1003...
Page 30 31 Layer 2...........................1027 ..........................1027 MAC Addressing Commands ..........................1027 clear mac-address-table .........................1028 mac accounting destination ........................1029 mac-address-table aging-time ..........................1030 mac-address-table static ....................1031 mac-address-table station-move threshold ...................1032 mac-address-table station-move time-interval .....................1032 mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp ...........................1033 mac cam fib-partition ............................1033 mac learning-limit ......................1035 mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation .......................1035 mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky...
Page 31 ..............................1062 fefd reset ............................1063 fefd-global interval ..............................1063 fefd-global ..............................1064 show fefd 32 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP)................1067 ..............................1067 LLPD Commands ............................1067 advertise dot1-tlv ............................1068 advertise dot3-tlv ...........................1069 advertise management-tlv ......................1069 advertise management-tlv (Interface) ............................1070 clear lldp counters ............................1071 clear lldp neighbors .............................1071 debug lldp interface ................................1073...
Page 32 ........................1091 ip msdp log-adjacency-changes ............................1091 ip msdp mesh-group ............................1092 ip msdp originator-id ...............................1093 ip msdp peer ............................1094 ip msdp redistribute ..............................1095 ip msdp sa-filter ..............................1095 ip msdp sa-limit ...............................1096 ip msdp shutdown ...............................1096 ip multicast-msdp ..............................1097 show ip msdp ........................1098 show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa 34 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP)...............1101 ..........................1101...
Page 33 .............................1123 show ip mroute ..............................1125 show ip rpf ........................1126 show queue backplane multicast ..........................1126 IPv6 Multicast Commands ............................1126 clear ipv6 mroute ............................1127 debug ipv6 mld_host ............................1128 ipv6 multicast-limit ...........................1128 ipv6 multicast-routing ............................1129 ip multicast-limit ............................1129 show ipv6 mroute ..........................1131 show ipv6 mroute mld .........................1132 show ipv6 mroute summary 36 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP)................1133...
Page 34 .............................1156 distribute-list in ............................1157 distribute-list out ............................1158 enable inverse mask ............................1158 fast-convergence ..............................1159 flood-2328 ........................1159 graceful-restart grace-period ........................1160 graceful-restart helper-reject ..........................1160 graceful-restart mode .............................1161 graceful-restart role ........................1162 ip ospf auth-change-wait-time ..........................1162 ip ospf authentication-key ..............................1163 ip ospf cost .............................1165 Object Missing .............................1165 ip ospf hello-interval .........................1165...
Page 35 ........................1194 show ip ospf database summary ..........................1197 show ip ospf interface ..........................1199 show ip ospf neighbor ............................1200 show ip ospf routes ..........................1201 show ip ospf statistics ........................1204 show ip ospf timers rate-limit ..........................1205 show ip ospf topology ..........................1205 show ip ospf virtual-links ............................1207 summary-address ..............................1208...
Page 36 ..............................1235 clear ip pim tib ..............................1236 debug ip pim ............................1237 ip pim bsr-border ............................1237 ip pim bsr-candidate ............................1238 ip pim dr-priority ..........................1239 ip pim graceful-restart .............................1239 ip pim join-filter ........................1240 ip pim ingress-interface-map ............................1241 ip pim neighbor-filter ............................1241 ip pim query-interval ............................1242 ip pim register-filter ............................1242...
Page 37 ............................1266 show ipv6 pim rp ............................1266 show ipv6 pim tib 39 Port Monitoring........................1269 ................................1269 description ..............................1270 flow-based enable ..............................1271 monitor session ................................1271 show config ............................1272 show monitor session ........................1273 show running-config monitor session .............................1274 source (port monitoring) 40 Private VLAN (PVLAN)......................1277 ...............................1278 ip local-proxy-arp ...............................1279...
Page 38 ..............................1305 rate shape ......................1306 service-class bandwidth-percentage ........................1306 service-class dot1p-mapping ........................1307 service-class dynamic dot1p ............................1308 show interfaces rate ............................1311 strict-priority queue ..........................1311 Policy-Based QoS Commands ..........................1312 bandwidth-percentage ............................1312 bandwidth-weight ..............................1313 class-map ............................1314 clear qos statistics ..............................1315 description ..........................1315 match ip access-group ...............................1316 match ip dscp ...........................1317...
Page 39 ............................1342 show qos statistics ..........................1346 show qos wred-profile .............................1346 test cam-usage ..............................1348 threshold ................................1349 trust ................................1350 wred ..............................1351 wred-ecn ..............................1352 wred-profile 43 Routing Information Protocol (RIP)..................1353 ..............................1353 auto-summary ................................1354 clear ip rip .................................1354 debug ip rip ..........................1355 default-information originate ..............................1356 default-metric ................................1357 description...
Page 40 ...........................1379 rmon collection statistics ................................1380 rmon event ..............................1381 rmon hc-alarm ................................1382 show rmon ..............................1383 show rmon alarms ...............................1384 show rmon events ............................1385 show rmon hc-alarm ..............................1386 show rmon history ..............................1387 show rmon log ............................1388 show rmon statistics 45 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP)................1391 ..............................1391 bridge-priority ...........................1392...
Page 41 ............................1414 enable password ............................1415 enable restricted ...............................1416 enable secret ............................1417 login authentication ..............................1418 password .............................1419 password-attributes ........................1420 service password-encryption ..............................1420 show privilege ..............................1421 show users ..........................1422 timeout login response ..............................1422 username ............................1424 RADIUS Commands ..............................1424 debug radius ..........................1424 ip radius source-interface ..........................1425 radius-server deadtime ............................1426...
Page 42 ..............................1443 debug ip ssh ..............................1443 ip scp topdir ........................1444 ip ssh authentication-retries .........................1444 ip ssh connection-rate-limit ........................1445 ip ssh hostbased-authentication ..............................1446 ip ssh key-size ........................1446 ip ssh password-authentication ............................1447 ip ssh pub-key-file ............................1448 ip ssh rhostsfile ........................1449 ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) ........................1449 ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC) ..............................1450...
Page 43 ..........................1471 sflow extended-router enable ...........................1472 sflow extended-switch enable ..........................1473 sflow polling-interval (Global) ........................1474 sflow polling-interval (Interface) ..........................1474 sflow sample-rate (Global) ..........................1475 sflow sample-rate (Interface) ................................1476 show sflow ............................1477 show sflow linecard 49 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog........1479 ...............................1479 SNMP Commands ..............................1479 show snmp...
Page 44 ..........................1506 logging source-interface ............................1507 logging synchronous ..............................1508 logging trap ..............................1509 show logging ....................1510 show logging driverlog stack-unit (S-Series) ............................1511 terminal monitor 50 SNMP Traps.........................1513 51 Stacking..........................1519 ........................1519 redundancy disable-auto-reboot .........................1520 redundancy force-failover stack-unit ..............................1520 reset stack-unit ...............................1521 show redundancy ............................1522 show system stack-ports ..............................1524 stack-unit priority...
Page 45 ................................1545 show config ............................1546 show spanning-tree 0 ..............................1549 spanning-tree 54 System Time and Date......................1553 ................................1553 calendar set ............................1554 clock read-calendar ................................1555 clock set .............................1556 clock summer-time date ..........................1557 clock summer-time recurring ..............................1558 clock timezone ............................1559 clock update-calendar ................................1560 debug ntp ..............................1561 ntp authenticate ............................1561...
Page 46 .............................1582 show uplink-state-group ..............................1584 uplink-state-group ................................1585 upstream 57 VLAN Stacking........................1587 ................................1587 dei enable ................................1588 dei honor ................................1589 dei mark ................................1589 member ...........................1590 show interface dei-honor .............................1591 show interface dei-mark ............................1592 stack-unit stack-group ...............................1592 vlan-stack access ............................1593 vlan-stack compatible ..........................1594 vlan-stack dot1p-mapping .............................1594 vlan-stack protocol-type ..............................1596...
Page 47 ..............................1615 debug vrrp ..............................1616 description ................................1616 disable ..............................1617 hold-time ................................1618 preempt ................................1618 priority ..............................1619 show config ..............................1619 show vrrp ................................1622 track .............................1623 virtual-address ............................1624 vrrp delay minimum ............................1625 vrrp delay reload ..............................1626 vrrp-group ............................1626 IPv6 VRRP Commands ..........................1627 clear counters vrrp ipv6 .............................1627 debug vrrp ipv6 ..............................1628...
Page 49: About This Guide
About this Guide This book provides information about the Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features found in FTOS (C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z- Series, and S4810). References For more information about your system, refer to the following documents: •...
Page 50: Information Icons
Keywords and parameters separated by a bar require you to choose one option. x||y Keywords and parameters separated by a double bar allows you to choose any or all of the options. Information Icons This book uses the following information symbols: NOTE: The Note icon signals important operational information.
Page 51: Cli Basics
Command Modes section. Multiple Configuration Users When a user enters CONFIGURATION mode and another user is already in CONFIGURATION mode, the Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) generates an alert warning message similar to the following: FTOS#conf % Warning: The following users are currently configuring the system: User ""...
Page 52: Obtaining Help
When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, FTOS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help. To obtain a list of Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword.
Page 53: Navigating The Cli
When entering commands, you can take advantage of the following timesaving features: • The commands are not case-sensitive. • You can enter partial (truncated) command keywords. For example, you can enter int gig int interface for the interface gigabitethernet interface command. •...
Page 54: Using The Keyword No Command
• CLI mode is the second part of the prompt and reflects the current CLI mode. For a list of the FTOS command modes, refer to the command mode list in the Accessing the Command Line section. The CLI prompt changes as you move up and down the levels of the command structure. Starting with CONFIGURATION mode, the command prompt adds modifiers to further identify the mode.
Page 55: Command Modes
Displaying All Output To display the output all at once (not one screen at a time), use the no-more option after the pipe. This operation is similar to the terminal length screen-length command except that the no-more option affects the output of just the specified command.
Page 56: Interface Mode
2. Enter the configure command. The prompt changes to include (conf). From this mode, you can enter INTERFACE mode by using the interface command. INTERFACE Mode You must use INTERFACE mode to configure interfaces or IP services on those interfaces. An interface can be physical (for example, a Gigabit Ethernet port) or virtual (for example, the Null interface).
Page 57 TRACE-LIST Mode You must use TRACE-LIST mode to configure a Trace list. To enter TRACE-LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip trace-list command. Include the name of the Trace list. The prompt changes to include (conf- trace-acl).
Page 58: Spanning Tree Mode
To enter PREFIX-LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip prefix-list command. Include a name for the prefix list. The prompt changes to include (conf- nprefixl). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. AS-PATH ACL Mode You must use AS-PATH ACL mode to configure an AS-PATH Access Control List (ACL) on the E-Series.
Page 59 stp-id command. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command Per-VLAN SPANNING TREE (PVST+) Plus Mode You must use PVST+ mode to enable and configure the Per-VLAN Spanning Tree (PVST+) protocol. For more information, refer to Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+).
Page 60 ROUTER OSPF Mode You must use ROUTER OSPF mode to configure OSPF. For more information, refer to Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2). To enter ROUTER OSPF mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the router ospf {process-id} command. The prompt changes to include (conf-router_ospf-id). You can switch to INTERFACE mode by using the interface command or you can switch to ROUTER RIP mode by using the router rip command.
Page 61: Determining Chassis Mode
VLT DOMAIN Mode Use VLT DOMAIN mode to enable and configure the VLT domain protocol. For more information, refer to Virtual Link Trunking (VLT). To enter VLT DOMAIN mode: 1. Verify that you are logged into CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the config-vlt-domaincommand. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by entering the exit command.
Page 63: File Management
This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. The commands in this chapter are supported by the Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) on the E-Series, C-Series, S- Series, Z-Series, S4810 and S4820T platforms.
Page 64 NOTE: Dell Force10 strongly recommends using local files for configuration (RPM0, RPM1 flash, or slot0). When you specify a file as the boot config file, it is listed in the boot variables (bootvar) as LOCAL CONFIG FILE. • When you do not specify a boot config file, the startup-configuration is used, although the bootvar shows LOCAL CONFIG FILE = variable does not exist.
Page 65: Boot Host
boot host Set the location of the configuration file from a remote host. C-Series, E-Series Syntax boot host {primary | secondary} remote-url Parameters primary Enter the keyword primary to attempt to load the primary host configuration files. secondary Enter the keyword secondary to attempt to load the secondary host configuration files.
Page 66: Boot System (S4810 And Z9000)
user:password@hostip/ • For a file on an FTP server, enter ftp:// filepath hostip/filepath • For a file on a TFTP server, enter tftp:// Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series Original command Usage To display these changes in the show bootvar command output, save the running Information configuration to the startup configuration (using the copy command).
Page 67: Boot System Gateway
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Deprecated command. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage To display these changes in the show bootvar command output, you must save the running Information configuration to the startup configuration (using the copy command) and reload system. Related boot system gateway –...
Page 68: Change Bootflash-Image
• flash: (internal Flash) or any sub-directory • slot0: (external Flash) or any sub-directory (C-Series and E-Series only) Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series Original command change bootflash-image Change boot flash image from which to boot. C-Series, E-Series Syntax change bootflash-image {cp | linecard linecard-slot | rp}...
Page 69: Copy
copy hostip field). Copy one file to another location. FTOS supports IPv4 and IPv6 addressing for FTP, TFTP, and SCP (in the C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax copy source-file-url destination-file-url Parameters Enter the following location keywords and information: file-url To copy a file enter flash:// followed by the filename from the internal FLASH...
Page 70 To copy a file enter rpm0usbflash://filepath from a USB drive on RPM0 To copy a file enter usbflash://filepath from an external USB drive Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 addressing support for FTP, TFTP, and SCP. Version 8.2.1.0 Added usbflash and rpm0usbflash commands on E-Series ExaScale...
Page 71: Copy (Streamline Upgrade)
[external]]] Parameters Enter the following location keywords and information: source-url Enter the source file in url format. The source file is a valid Dell Force10 release image. Image validation is automatic. target-url Enter the local target file in url format.
Page 72: Copy Running-Config Startup-Config
system image (the one from which the RPM booted) is automatically configured as the secondary image path. FTOS supports IPv4 and IPv6 addressing for FTP, TFTP, and SCP. NOTE: The keywords boot-image, synchronize-rpm, and external are used on the Primary RPM only. copy running-config startup-config Copy running configuration to the startup configuration.
Page 73: Dir
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command Display the files in a file system. The default is the current directory. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax dir [filename | directory name:] Parameters filename | (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following:...
Page 74: Download Alt-Boot-Image
download alt-boot-image Download an alternate boot image to the chassis. C-Series, E-Series Syntax download alt-boot-image file-url Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.7.1.0 Removed from E-Series and C-Series Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command Usage Starting with FTOS 7.7.1.0, the functions of this command are incorporated into the upgrade Information command.
Page 75: Download Alt-System-Image
download alt-system-image Download an alternate system image (not the boot flash or boot selector image) to the chassis. E-Series Syntax download alt-system-image file-url Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.7.1.0 Removed from E-Series Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced Usage Starting with FTOS 7.7.1.0, the functions of this command are incorporated into the upgrade Information command.
Page 76: Format Flash (S-Series)
• The startup-config is erased. • All cacheboot data files are erased and you must reconfigure cacheboot to regain it. • All generated secure shell (SSH) keys are erased and you must recreate them. • All archived configuration files are erased. •...
Page 77: Format Flash (Z9000)
format flash (Z9000) Erase all existing files and reformat the file system in the internal flash memory or the USB drive. After the file system is formatted, files cannot be restored. Z-Series Syntax format [flash: | slot0: | usbflash: ] Parameters flash: | slot0: | •...
Page 78: Pwd
Usage You must include the colon (:) when entering this command. This command checks the Information specified flash memory for errors. If errors are found, the command recommends that you format the flash. CAUTION: If you elect to format the flash, all files – including the startup configuration file –...
Page 79: Show Boot System
Parameters Enter the following keywords and a filename: • For a file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. • For a file on the external Flash, enter slot0:// followed by the filename. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series...
Page 80: Show Bootvar
--------------------------------------------- CP DOWNLOAD BOOT invalid invalid RP1 DOWNLOAD BOOT invalid invalid RP2 DOWNLOAD BOOT invalid invalid linecard 0 is not present. linecard 1 DOWNLOAD BOOT invalid invalid linecard 2 DOWNLOAD BOOT 4.7.5.387 6.5.1.8 linecard 3 DOWNLOAD BOOT invalid invalid linecard 4 DOWNLOAD BOOT invalid invalid linecard 5 is not present.
Page 81: Show File
Related boot config – sets the location of configuration files on local devices. Commands boot host – sets the location of configuration files from the remote host. boot network – sets the location of configuration files from a remote network. boot system –...
Page 82: Show File-Systems
bridge-priority 8192 rapid-root-failover enable interface GigabitEthernet 0/0 no ip address shutdown Related format (C-Series and E-Series) – Erases all the existing files and reformats a filesystem on the Commands E-Series or C-Series platform. format flash (S-Series) – Erases all the existing files and reformats the filesystem in the internal flash memory on the S-Series.
Page 83: Show Linecard
Field Description Flags Displays the access available to the storage location. The following letters indicate the level of access: • r = read access • w = write access Prefixes Displays the name of the storage location. Related format (C-Series and E-Series) –...
Page 84: Show Os-Version
3 online E48TF FX000032632 4.7.7.171 4.7.7.171 A: invalid B: invalid A: 2.3.2.1 [b] B: 2.3.2.1 FTOS# show os-version Display the release and software image version information of the image file specified or, optionally, the image loaded on the RPM (C-Series and E-Series only). C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show os-version [file-url]...
Page 85: Show Running-Config
runtime 7.5.1.0 control processor passed runtime 7.5.1.0 route processor passed runtime 7.5.1.0 terascale linecard passed boot flash 2.4.1.1 control processor passed boot flash 2.4.1.1 route processor passed boot flash 2.3.1.3 terascale linecard passed boot selector 2.4.1.1 control processor passed boot selector 2.4.1.1 route processor passed boot selector 2.3.1.3 terascale linecard passed FTOS# Example (C-...
Page 86 for the current BFD configuration for the current BGP configuration boot for the current boot configuration cam-profile for the current CAM profile in the configuration class-map for the current class-map configuration community- for the current community-list configuration list ecmp-group for the current ECMP group configuration ethernet for the current Ethernet CFM configuration fefd...
Page 87 msdp for the current MSDP configuration for the current NTP configuration ospf for the current OSPF configuration for the current PIM configuration policy-map- for the current input policy map input configuration policy-map- for the current output policy map output configuration po-failover- for the current Port-channel failover-group group...
Page 88 users for the current users configuration for the current VLT configuration wred-profile for the current wred-profile configuration configured (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword configuration to display line card interfaces with non-default configurations only. status (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword status to display the checksum for the running configuration and the start-up configuration.
Page 89: Show Sfm
show sfm View the current SFM status. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show sfm [number [brief] | all] Parameters number Enter a number to view information on that SFM. Range: 0 to 8. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view a table with information on all present SFMs.
Page 90: Show Startup-Config
Field Description Power Status Displays power status: absent, down, or up. Serial Num Displays the line card serial number. Part Num Displays the line card part number. Vendor ID Displays an internal code, which specifies the manufacturing vendor. Date Code Displays the line card’s manufacturing date.
Page 91 boot system rpm0 primary flash://FTOS-EF-7.4.1.0.bin boot system rpm0 secondary flash://FTOS-EF-6.3.1.2.bin boot system rpm0 default flash://FTOS-EF-6.5.1.8.bin Related show running-config – displays the current (running) configuration. Commands...
Page 93: Object Missing
Object Missing This object is not available in the repository. upgrade (C-Series version) Upgrade the bootflash or boot selector image on a processor. C-Series Syntax upgrade {bootflash-image | bootselector-image | system-image} {all | linecard {number | all} | rpm} [booted | file-url | repair] Parameters bootflash-image...
Page 94: Upgrade (E-Series Version)
tftp://hostip/filepath/filename where • for a TFTP server, enter hostip is either an IPv4 dotted decimal address or an IPv6 URI [x:x:x:x::x] format address. Defaults If no URL is specified, FTOS uses the boot flash image that was packed with it. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History...
Page 95 Enter the keyword all to upgrade the bootflash/boot selector image on all processors in the E-Series. This keyword does not upgrade the bootflash on the standby RPM. linecard- linecard Enter the keyword linecard followed by the slot number to change slot the bootflash image on a specific line card.
Page 96: Upgrade (S-Series Management Unit And Z-Series)
upgrade (S-Series management unit and Z-Series) Upgrade the bootflash image or system image of the S-Series or Z-Series management unit. S-Series, Z-Series Syntax upgrade {boot | system} {ftp: | scp: | tftp: | flash: {A: |B:} | stack-unit | usbflash | slot0:} file-url Parameters boot Enter the keyword boot to change the boot image.
Page 97 • To copy a file on a TFTP server, enter tftp://hostip/ filepath/filename. where hostip is either an IPv4 dotted decimal address or an IPv6 URI [x:x:x:x::x] format address. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6 for the file-url parameter. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 98: Upgrade Fpga-Image
upgrade fpga-image You can use this command can only on systems with SFM3 modules (and only when required by the upgrade procedure in the release notes). Upgrade the FPGA version in the specified E-Series SFM3 and automatically initiate an automatic reset to complete the version upgrade.
Page 99: Restore Fpga-Image
Related • reset – resets a line card or RPM. Commands • restore fpga-image – this command copies the backup FPGA image to the primary FPGA image. restore fpga-image Copy the backup C-Series FPGA image to the primary FPGA image. C-Series Syntax restore fpga-image {rpm | linecard} number...
Page 100: Upgrade Fpga-Image
NOTE: Contact Dell Force10 TAC before using this keyword. link-fpga (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords link-fpga to upgrade only the link FPGA on a fiber linecard. NOTE: Contact the Dell Force10 TAC before using this keyword. booted Upgrade the FPGA image using the currently running FTOS image. file-url...
Page 101 Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.7.1.0 Renamed the keywords primary-fpga-flash to fpga-image. Added support for upgrading using a remote FTOS image. Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for the all keyword. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Example FTOS#conf FTOS(conf)# upgrade primary-fpga-flash rpm Proceed to upgrade primary fpga flash for rpm 0 [confirm yes/...
Page 103: Control And Monitoring
Control and Monitoring This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP) as they apply to the following Dell Force10 platforms: E-Series, C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, or S4810.
Page 104: Audible Cut-Off
must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF. When you enter the Usage Information command, the system sends a message stating that the new mode is enabled when the system reloads. audible cut-off Turn off an audible alarm. E-Series Syntax audible cut-off...
Page 105: Banner Login
Usage Optionally, use the banner exec command to create a text string that is displayed when you Information access EXEC mode. The exec-banner command toggles that display. Example FTOS(conf)#banner exec ? LINE c banner-text c, where 'c' is a delimiting character FTOS(conf)#banner exec % Enter TEXT message.
Page 106: Banner Motd
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced the keyword keyboard-interactive. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage A login banner message is displayed only in EXEC Privilege mode after entering the enable Information command followed by the password.
Page 107: Cam-Acl
line Enter a text string for your MOTD banner the message with your delineator. The delineator is a percent character (%). Defaults No banner is configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 108: Cam-Acl-Vlan
number l2acl Allocate space to each CAM region. number ipv4acl Enter the CAM profile name followed by the amount of CAM space to ipv6acl number , be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The ipv6acl number ipv4qos range must be a factor of 2. number , l2qos number...
Page 109: Cam-Audit Linecard
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on S4810. Usage You must reboot the switch after changing the parameter values for changes to take effect. Information Refer to the SDN chapter in the FTOS Configuration Guide for platform-specific instructions on using this command.
Page 110: Clear Command History
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage This command clears alarms that are no longer active. If an alarm situation is still active, it is Information seen in the system output.
Page 111: Configure
NOTE: This option is supported on the E-Series only. console 0 Enter the keywords console 0 to reset the console port. vty number Enter the keyword vty followed by a number to clear a terminal line. Range: 0 to 9. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History...
Page 112: Debug Cpu-Traffic-Stats
If excessive traffic is received by the CPU, traffic will be rate controlled. NOTE: This command must be enabled before the show cpu-traffic-stats command displays traffic statistics. Dell Force10 recommends disabling debugging (no debug cpu-traffic-stats) after troubleshooting is complete. Related show cpu-traffic-stats –...
Page 113: Disable
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. disable Return to EXEC mode. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax disable [level] Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the FTOS. Range: 0 to 15. Default: 1. Defaults Command Modes EXEC Privilege...
Page 114: Enable
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. not supported by the do command: Usage The following commands are Information •...
Page 115: Enable Optic-Info-Update Interval
E-Series Original command. Usage Users entering EXEC Privilege mode or any other configured privilege level can access Information configuration commands. To protect against unauthorized access, use the enable password command to configure a password for the enable command at a specific privilege level.
Page 116: End
Parameters seconds interval Enter the keyword interval followed by the polling interval in seconds. Range: 120 to 6000 seconds. Default: 300 seconds (5 minutes). Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.4 Deprecated command for Z9000 only. Replaced by the enable optic-info-update interval command to update information on temperature and power monitoring in the SNMP MIB.
Page 117: Epoch
• ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. E-Series Original command.
Page 118: Exec-Banner
Additionally, the 2.4 setting has a lower latency. When using nine SFMs in an ExaScale chassis, the 10.4 setting is line rate and the 2.4 setting reduces throughput. When the system has nine SFMs, Dell Force10 recommends using the 10.4 setting.
Page 119: Exec-Timeout
exec-timeout Set a time interval the system will wait for input on a line before disconnecting the session. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax exec-timeout minutes [seconds] To return to default settings, use the no exec-timeout command. Parameters minutes Enter the number of minutes of inactivity on the system before disconnecting the current session.
Page 120: Ftp-Server Enable
• SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • MAC ACCESS LIST • ACCESS-LIST • AS-PATH ACL • COMMUNITY-LIST • PREFIX-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 121: Ftp-Server Topdir
E-Series Original command. Usage After you enable FTP server functions with the ftp-server enable command, Dell Information Force10 recommends specifying a top-level directory path. Without a top-level directory path specified, the FTOS directs users to the flash directory when logging in to the FTP server.
Page 122: Ftp-Server Username
ftp-server username – sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections to the E- Series. ftp-server username Create a user name and associated password for incoming FTP server sessions. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax ftp-server username username password [encryption-type] password To delete a user name and its password, use the no ftp-server username username command.
Page 123: Hostname
hostname Set the host name of the system. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax hostname name Parameters name Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long. Defaults FTOS Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Changed the default from Force10 to FTOS. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 124: Ip Ftp Source-Interface
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage The password is listed in the configuration file; you can view the password by entering the Information show running-config ftp command.
Page 125: Ip Ftp Username
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults The IP address on the system that is closest to the Telnet address is used in the outgoing packets. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 126: Ip Telnet Server Enable
Usage You must also configure a password with the ip ftp password command. Information Related ip ftp password – sets the password for FTP connections. Commands ip telnet server enable Enable the Telnet server on the switch. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax ip telnet server enable To disable the Telnet server, use the no ip telnet server enable command.
Page 127: Ip Tftp Source-Interface
• For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For the SONET interfaces, enter the keyword sonet followed by slot/port information.
Page 128: Line
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. •...
Page 129: Linecard
Parameters aux 0 Enter the keyword aux 0 to configure the auxiliary terminal connection. NOTE: This option is supported on E-Series only. console 0 Enter the keyword console 0 to configure the console port. The console option for the S-Series is <0-0>. number Enter the keyword vty followed by a number from 0 to 9 to configure a virtual terminal line for Telnet sessions.
Page 130 card-type Enter the line card ID (refer to the “Supported Hardware” section in Release Notes ). Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E600i. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E1200i. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Page 131: Linecard (4-Port 40G Line Card)
linecard (4-port 40G line card) Pre-configure an empty slot in an E-Series ExaScale switch for a 4-port 40 GigabitEthernet (40GE) line card or reconfigure a slot in which you have hot-swapped a 4-port 40GE line card. E-Series ExaScale Only Syntax linecard slot-number card-type {linerate | oversubscribed} active-ports port-set0 port-number [port-number] port-set1 port-number [port-number]...
Page 132: Module Power-Off
Usage Use this command only to configure an empty slot or a slot in which you have hot-swapped a 4- Information port 40GE line card. Before you insert a different line-card type into a slot pre-configured for a 4-port 40GE line card, be sure to enter the no linecard number command. WARNING: After you enter the linecard command to reconfigure a 4-port 40GE line card installed in an ExaScale switch, you are prompted to reboot the line card to activate the settings.
Page 133: Motd-Banner
E-Series Original command motd-banner Enable a message of the day (MOTD) banner to appear when you log in to the system. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax motd-banner To disable the MOTD banner, use the no motd-banner command. Defaults Enabled on all lines. Command Modes LINE Command History...
Page 134 ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the device to which you are testing connectivity. The address must be in the dotted decimal format. ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) E-Series only: Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Page 135 Default is No. outgoing- (IPv6 link-local address) Enter the outgoing interface for ping packets interface to a destination link-local address. pattern pattern (IPv4 only) Enter the IPv4 data pattern. Range: 0-FFFF. Default: 0xABCD. sweep-min-size Enter the minimum size of datagram in sweep range. Range: 52-15359 bytes.
Page 136 Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series. Usage When you enter the ping command without specifying an IP/IPv6 address (Extended Ping), Information you are prompted for a target IP/IPv6 address, a repeat count, a datagram size (up to 1500 bytes), a timeout (in seconds), and for Extended Commands.
Page 137: Power-Off
power-off Turn off power to a selected line card or the standby (extra) switch fabric module (SFM). C-Series, E-Series Syntax power-off {linecard number | sfm sfm-slot-id} Parameters number linecard Enter the keyword linecard and a number for the line card slot number.
Page 138: Reload
NOTE: This option is supported on the E-Series only. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E600i. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E1200i. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
Page 139: Reset
• reset stack-unit – resets any designated stack member except the management unit. reset Reset a line card, RPM, or a failed SFM (TeraScale only). C-Series, E-Series Syntax reset {linecard number [hard | power-cycle] | rpm number [hard | power-cycle] | sfm slot number} Parameters number linecard...
Page 140: Rpm Location-Led
When a soft reset is issued on a line card (reset linecard number), FTOS boots the line card from its runtime image. Only when you enter reset linecard number hard is the software image reloaded on the line card. Related reload –...
Page 141: Service Timestamps
console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the primary terminal line. Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the virtual terminal. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 142: Show Alarms
uptime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword uptime to have the timestamp based on time elapsed since system reboot. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 143: Show Cam-Acl-Vlan
---------------------------------------------- RPM 0 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr, 37 min SFM 0 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr, 37 min SFM 1 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr, 37 min SFM 2 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr, 37 min SFM 3 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr, 37 min SFM 4 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr, 37 min SFM 5 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr, 37 min...
Page 144 Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Example FTOS#FTOS#show chassis brief Chassis Type : E1200 Chassis Mode : TeraScale Chassis Epoch : 3.2 micro-seconds -- Line cards -- Slot Status NxtBoot ReqTyp CurTyp Version Ports ---------------------------------------------------- 0 not present 1 not present...
Page 145: Show Command-History
One trace log message is generated for each command. No password information is saved to Information this file. A command-history trace log is saved to a file after an RPM failover. This file is analyzed by the Dell Force10 TAC to help identify the root cause of an RPM failover. Example FTOS#show command-history...
Page 146: Show Command-Tree
default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[no ip address]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[shutdown]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[interface gigabitethernet 0/3]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[ip address 5.5.5.1 /24]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[no shutdown]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[interface gigabitethernet 0/4]by default from console...
Page 147: Show Console Lp
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Reload the system to reset the command-tree counters. Information Example FTOS#show command-tree count Enable privilege mode: enable command usage:3 <0-15> option usage: 0 exit command usage:1 show command-tree command usage:9 count option usage: 3 show version command usage:1 Global configuration mode: aaa authentication enable command usage:1 WORD...
Page 148: Show Cpu-Traffic-Stats
Command History Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage CAUTION: Use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support Information representative to troubleshoot a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative instructs you to do so.
Page 149: Show Debugging
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Traffic statistics are sorted on a per-interface basis; the interface receiving the most traffic is Information displayed first.
Page 150: Show Environment (C-Series And E-Series)
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command. Example FTOS#show debug Generic IP: IP packet debugging is on for ManagementEthernet 0/0 Port-channel 1-2 Port-channel 5 GigabitEthernet 4/0-3,5-6,10-11,20 GigabitEthernet 5/0-1,5-6,10-11,15,17,19,21 ICMP packet debugging is on for GigabitEthernet 5/0,2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16 FTOS# show environment (C-Series and E-Series)
Page 151 Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Added temperature information for the C-Series fans (refer to the last example.) Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Fan speed is controlled by temperatures measured at the sensor located on the fan itself. The Information fan temperatures shown with this command may not accurately reflect the temperature and fan speed.
Page 152: Show Environment (S-Series)
7 active 48C up up 8 active 47C up up Example (E600) FTOS#show environment fan -- Fan Status -- Status Temp Fan1 Fan2 Fan3 Serial Num Version ------------------------------------------------------ up 29C 6000 RPM 7500 RPM 7500 RPM 0.0 FTOS# Example (C300) FTOS#show env fan -- Fan Status -- -------------------------------------------------------...
Page 153 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for the S-Series. S-Series options and output differ from the C-Series/E-Series version. Usage The example below shows the output of the show environment fan command as it Information appears prior to FTOS 7.8.1.0. Example (all) FTOS#show environment all -- Fan Status -- ------------------------------------------- Unit TrayStatus Fan0 Fan1 Fan2 Fan3 Fan4 Fan5...
Page 154: Show Inventory (C-Series And E-Series)
show inventory (C-Series and E-Series) Display the chassis type, components (including media), and FTOS version including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show inventory [media slot] Parameters slot media (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword media followed by the slot number. For the C-Series, the range is 0-7.
Page 155 ----------------------------------------------- C300 TY000001400 7520029999 04 LC-CB-GE-48T FX000020075 7520036700 01 LC-CB-RPM 0060361 7520029300 02 CC-C-1200W-AC CC-C-1200W-AC CC-C300-FAN * - standby Software Protocol Configured ------------------------------------------------- OSPF FTOS# Example (E300) FTOS# show inventory Chassis Type : E300 Chassis Mode : TeraScale Software Version : FTOS-EF-7.5.1.0 Slot Item Serial Number Part Number Revision ---------------------------------------------------...
Page 156: Show Inventory (S-Series And Z-Series)
5 SFP 1000BASE-SX B320210155 Yes 6 SFP 1000BASE-SX B342232168 Yes 7 SFP 1000BASE-SX H11VJ8F 8 SFP 1000BASE-SX AJUR367 9 SFP 1000BASE-SX AJLH367 Media not present or accessible Media not present or accessible 12 SFP 1000BASE-SX P11DCP3 !----------------- output truncated ---------! Related show interfaces –...
Page 157 Software Version : 7.6.1.0a Unit Type Serial Number Part Number Revision -------------------------------------------------------------- *S50-01-GE-48T-V DL267050013 7590003600 S50-01-10GE-2C S50-PWR-AC S50-FAN * - Management Unit Software Protocol Configured -------------------------------------------------------------- Example (S- S50V_7.7#show inventory media ? Series) <0-7> Slot number | Pipe through a command <cr>...
Page 158: Show Linecard
show linecard Display the line card(s) status. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show linecard [number [brief] | all] Parameters number (OPTIONAL) Enter a slot number to view information on the line card in that slot. For the C-Series, the range is 0 to 7. For the E-Series, the ange is 0 to 13 on the E1200, 0 to 6 on the E600, and 0 to 5 on the E300.
Page 159 show linecard Description output Field Jumbo Capable Displays Yes or No indicating if the line card can support Jumbo frames. Boot Flash Ver Displays the two possible Bootflash versions. The [Booted] keyword next to the version states which version was used at system boot. Memory Size List the memory of the line card processor.
Page 160: Show Linecard Boot-Information
(EF) Current Type : E48PF - 48-port GE line card with SFP optics (EF) Hardware Rev : Base - 1.0 PP0 - n/a PP1 - n/a Num Ports : 48 Up Time : 12 hr, 37 min FTOS Version : 6.2.1.x Jumbo Capable : yes Boot Flash : A: 2.0.3.4 B: 2.0.3.4 [booted]...
Page 161 Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 6.5.1.4 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage show linecard Description Information boot- information Field Displays the line card slot numbers, beginning with slot 0. The number of slots listed is dependent on your chassis: 0 to 13 on the E1200, 0 to 13 on the E1200, 0 to 5 on the E300.
Page 162: Show Memory (C-Series And E-Series)
show memory (C-Series and E-Series) View current memory usage on the system. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show memory [cp | lp slot-number | rp1 | rp2] Parameters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view information on the control processor on the RPM. slot-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword lp and the slot number to view information on the line-card processor in that slot.
Page 163: Show Memory (S-Series)
Statistics On RP1 Processor =========================== Total(b) Used(b) Free(b) Lowest(b) Largest(b) 629145600 4079544 625066056 625066056 0 Statistics On RP2 Processor =========================== Total(b) Used(b) Free(b) Lowest(b) Largest(b) 510209568 47294716 462914852 462617968 446275376 FTOS# “Lowest” displays the memory usage the system went to in the lifetime of the system. Indirectly, it indicates the maximum usage in the lifetime of the system: Total minus Lowest.
Page 164: Show Processes Cpu (C-Series And E-Series)
show processes cpu (C-Series and E-Series) View CPU usage information based on processes running in the system. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show processes cpu [cp | rp1 | rp2] [lp [linecard-number [1-99] | all | summary] Parameters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view CPU usage of the control processor.
Page 165 0xd9cd200 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 soc_dpc 0xd9bf588 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 tARL 0xd9bd2f8 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 tBCMlink 0xd9bb0e0 16666 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 tBcmTask 0xd9798d0 106683 6401 16666 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 tNetTask 0xd3368a0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 tWdbTask 0xd3329b0 16600 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0...
Page 166: Show Processes Cpu (S-Series)
0x0000006c 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 arpm 0x00000068 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 acl2 0x00000064 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 sysd2 0x00000062 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 sysmon 0x00000024 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 sshd 0x00000022 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 inetd 0x00000020 2250 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0...
Page 167 Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.7.1.0 Added the keywords management-unit [details]. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Example FTOS#show processes cpu summary (summary) CPU utilization 5Sec 1Min 5Min ------------------------------------------- Unit0 CPU utilization 5Sec 1Min 5Min ------------------------------------------- Unit1* Unit2...
Page 168 Example (stack- FTOS#show processes cpu stack-unit 0 unit) CPU Statistics On Unit0 Processor =============================== CPU utilization for five seconds: 0%/0%; one minute: 0%; five minutes: 0% PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 8260 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.22% 0 sysd 1160 10000...
Page 169 96 l2mgr 6107136 491520 254858 115948 172038 138910 92 l2pm 5607424 221184 667578 579740 120966 87838 86 arpm 5353472 208896 54528 16564 54528 37964 83 ospf 4210688 475136 80 dsm 6057984 552960 22838 22838 22838 74 rtm 6311936 577536 574792 298152 376024 276640 70 rip 5001216 249856...
Page 170: Show Processes Ipc Flow-Control
show processes memory (S-Series) – displays CPU usage information based on processes running in an S-Series. show processes ipc flow-control Display the single window protocol queue (SWPQ) statistics. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show processes ipc flow-control [cp | rp1 | rp2 | lp linecard- number] Parameters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view the control processor’s...
Page 171 Usage Field Description Information Source QID /Tx Source Service Identifier Process Destination QID/Rx Destination Service Identifier Process Cur Len Current number of messages enqueued High Mark Highest number of packets in the queue at any point of time #of to / Timeout Timeout count #of Retr /Retries Number of retransmissions...
Page 172 IFMGR0 IPMGR2 !---------------output truncated ----------------------------! Example (E- FTOS# show processes ipc flow-control cp Series) Q Statistics on CP Processor TxProcess RxProcess Cur High Time Retr Msg Aval Len Mark Out Sent Rcvd Retra Retra DHCP0 ACL0 DHCP0 IFMGR0 IFMGR0 FEFD0 IFMGR0 IPMGR0 IFMGR0 SNMP0 IFMGR0 SFL_CP0...
Page 173: Show Processes Memory (C-Series And E-Series)
LACP0 IFMGR0 25 25 RTM0 ARPMGR0 136 136 MACMGR0 ACL0 25 25 ARPMGR0 MRTM0 100 100 DHCP0 ACL0 25 25 DHCP0 IFMGR0 25 25 L2PM0 SPANMGR0 25 25 ARPMGR0 FIBAGT0 100 100 SPANMGR0 MACMGR0 25 25 SPANMGR0 IPMGR0 25 25 SPANMGR0 L2PM0 25 25...
Page 174 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp2 to view memory usage of the Route Processor 2. NOTE: This option is supported on the E-Series only. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E600i. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E1200i.
Page 175 In FTOS Release 7.4.1.0 and higher, the total counter size (for all three CPUs) in show memory and show processes memory differs based on which FTOS processes are counted. • In the show memory (C-Series and E-Series) output, the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes.
Page 176: Show Processes Memory (S-Series)
1 init 139264 2375680 0 swapper 76529664 Example (rp2) FTOS#show processes memory rp2 Total : 953700352, MaxUsed : 149417984 [3/8/2006 12:33:6] CurrentUsed: 149417984, CurrentFree: 804282368 SharedUsed : 7847200, SharedFree : 13124344 PID Process ResSize Size Allocs Frees Current 145 vrrp 3870720 266240 297324...
Page 177 summary Enter the keyword summary for a brief summary of memory availability and usage on all stack members. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.7.1.0 Added the management-unit option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 178: Show Processes Switch-Utilization
CurrentFree: 266015212 TaskName TotalAllocated TotalFreed MaxHeld CurrentHolding 435406 397536 54434 37870 16652 16652 16652 timerMgr 33304 33304 33304 sysAdmTsk 33216 33216 33216 tFib4 1943960 1943960 1943960 aclAgent 90770 16564 74206 74206 ifagt_1 21318 16564 21318 4754 dsagt 6504 6504 6504 MacAgent 269778 269778 269778...
Page 179: Show Rpm
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. E-Series Original command. Usage An asterisk ( * ) in the output indicates a legacy card that is not support by the show Information processes switch-utilization command.
Page 180 show rpm Description output Field Next Boot Displays whether the RPM is to be brought online at the next system reload. Card Type Displays the RPM catalog number. Hardware Rev Displays the E-Series chipset hardware revision level: 1.0 (non- Jumbo); 1.5 (Jumbo-enabled); 2.0 (or above is TeraScale). Num Ports Displays the number of active ports.
Page 181 show rpm Description output Field PR2 Mem Size Displays the memory of the Routing Processor 2. Temperature Displays the temperature of the RPM. Minor alarm status if the temperature is over 65°C. Power Status Lists the status of the power modules in the chassis. Voltage Displays the power rails for the line card.
Page 182: Show Software Ifm
show software ifm Display interface management (IFM) data. C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show software ifm {clients [summary] | ifagt number | ifcb interface | stack-unit unit-ID | trace-flags} Parameters clients Enter the keyword clients to display IFM client information. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display brief information about IFM clients.
Page 183: Show Switch Links
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series and S-Series. Example FTOS#show software ifm clients summary ClntType Inst svcMask subSvcMask tlvSvcMask tlvSubSvc swp 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x90ff71f3 0x021e0e81 31 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800010ff 0x01930000 43...
Page 184: Show System (S-Series And Z-Series)
Example FTOS# show switch links backplane Switch fabric backplane link status: SFM0 Links Status SFM1 Links Status LC SlotID Port0 | Port1 | Port2 | Port3 | Port4 | Port5 | Port6 | Port7 down down down down not present not present not present not present...
Page 185 Modified the show system stack-unit command output to support Piece Part ID (PPID). Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 The Boot Flash field displays the code level for boot code 2.8.1.1 and newer, while older boot codes display as "Present". Version 7.7.1.0 Added Master Priority field.
Page 186 POE Capable : no Boot Flash : 3.0.1.1 BIOS version : 3.0.0.0 Memory Size : 3472461824 bytes Temperature : 44C Voltage : ok Serial Number : Z8FX113100308 Part Number : 7520052401 Rev E Vendor Id : 04 Date Code : 06312011 Country Code : 01 Piece Part ID...
Page 187: Show Tech-Support (C-Series And E-Series)
– displays the data plane and management plane input and output statistics of a particular stack member. show tech-support (C-Series and E-Series) Display, or save to a file, a collection of data from other show commands, the information necessary for Dell Force10 technical support to perform troubleshooting. C-Series, E-Series...
Page 188 Example (C- FTOS#show tech-support page Series) ----------- show version -------------------------- Dell Force10 Networks Real Time Operating System Software Dell Force10 Operating System Version: 1.0 Dell Force10 Application Software Version: FTOS 7.5.1.0 Copyright (c) 1999-2007 by Force10 Networks, Inc. Build Time: Tue Sep 12 15:39:17 IST 2006...
Page 189 -- RPM Status -- ------------------------------------------------ RPM Slot ID: RPM Redundancy Role: Primary RPM State: Active RPM SW Version: CS-1-1-317 Link to Peer: Down Peer RPM: not present -- RPM Redundancy Configuration -- ------------------------------------------------ Primary RPM: rpm0 Auto Data Sync: Full Failover Type: Hot Failover Auto reboot RPM:...
Page 190: Show Tech-Support (S-Series And Z-Series)
(C-Series and E-Series) – displays memory usage based on running processes. show tech-support (S-Series and Z-Series) Display a collection of data from other show commands, necessary for Dell Force10 technical support to perform troubleshooting on S-Series or Z-Series switches. S-Series, Z-Series Syntax...
Page 191 The save option works with other filtering commands. This allows you to save specific information of a show command. The save entry must always be the last option. For example: FTOS#show tech-support |grep regular-expression |except regular-expression | find regular-expression | save flash:// result This display output is an accumulation of the same information that is displayed when you execute one of the following show commands:...
Page 192: Ssh-Peer-Rpm
Dell Force10 Networks Real Time Operating System Software Dell Force10 Operating System Version: 1.0 Dell Force10 Application Software Version: FTOS 7.6.1.0 Copyright (c) 1999-2007 by Dell Force10 Networks, Inc. Build Time: Tue Sep 12 15:39:17 IST 2006 Build Path: /sites/maa/work/sw/purushothaman/cser-latest/depot/...
Page 193: Ssh-Peer-Stack-Unit
Parameters username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l followed by your user name. Default: The user name associated with the terminal. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Page 194 C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax telnet {host | ip-address | ipv6-address prefix-length | vrf vrf instance name } [/source-interface] Parameters host Enter the name of a server. ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format of the server. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix prefix-length...
Page 195: Telnet-Peer-Stack-Unit
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv6). Increased the number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4). Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series only.
Page 196: Terminal Xml
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. terminal xml Enable XML mode in Telnet and SSH client sessions. C-Series, E-Series Syntax terminal xml...
Page 197: Traceroute
traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax traceroute {host | vrf instance | ip-address | ipv6-address} Parameters host Enter the name of device. vrf instance (Optional) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf followed by the VRF Instance name.
Page 198 For IPv6, you are prompted for a minimum hop count (default is 1) and a maximum hop count (default is 64). Example (IPv4) FTOS#traceroute www.force10networks.com Translating "www.force10networks.com"...domain server (10.11.0.1) [OK] Type Ctrl-C to abort. ----------------------------------------------- Tracing the route to www.force10networks.com (10.11.84.18), 30 hops max, 40 byte packets ----------------------------------------------- TTL Hostname...
Page 199: Undebug All
undebug all Disable all debug operations on the system. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax undebug all Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Page 200: Virtual-Ip
Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and expanded to support command history, hardware trace, and software trace logs. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage The log information is uploaded to flash:/TRACE_LOG_DIR. Information virtual-ip Configure a virtual IP address for the active management interface.
Page 201: Write
Related ip address – assigns a primary and secondary IP address to the interface. Commands write Copy the current configuration to either the startup-configuration file or the terminal. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax write {memory | terminal} Parameters memory Enter the keyword memory to copy the current running configuration to the startup configuration file.
Page 203: 802.1Ag
802.1ag 802.1ag is available only on the Dell Force10 S-Series and S4810 platforms. ccm disable Disable continuity check message (CCM). S-Series, S4810 Syntax ccm disable Enter no ccm disable to enable CCM. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History Version 8.3.7.0...
Page 204: Clear Ethernet Cfm Traceroute-Cache
clear ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Delete all link trace cache entries. S-Series, S4810 Syntax clear ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Defaults none Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. database hold-time Set the amount of time that data from a missing MEP is kept in the continuity check database. S-Series, S4810 Syntax database hold-time minutes...
Page 205: Domain
Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. domain Create the maintenance domain. S-Series, S4810 Syntax domain name md-level number Parameters name Name the maintenance domain. number md-level Enter a maintenance domain level. The range is 0 to 7. Defaults none Command Modes...
Page 206: Ethernet Cfm Mep
Specify whether the MEP is up or down facing. mep] • Up-MEP: monitors the forwarding path internal to a bridge on the customer or provider edge; on Dell Force10 systems, the internal forwarding path is effectively the switch fabric and forwarding engine. •...
Page 207: Mep Cross-Check
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. mep cross-check Enable cross-checking for a MEP. S-Series, S4810 Syntax mep cross-check mep-id Parameters mep-id Enter the MEP ID. The range is 1 to 8191. Defaults none Command Modes...
Page 208: Mep Cross-Check Start-Delay
mep cross-check start-delay Configure the amount of time the system waits for a remote MEP to come up before the cross-check operation is started. S-Series, S4810 Syntax mep cross-check start-delay number Parameters start-delay Enter a start-delay in seconds. The range is 3 to 100 seconds. number Defaults 3 ccms...
Page 209: Show Ethernet Cfm Domain
Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show ethernet cfm domain Display maintenance domain information. S-Series, S4810 Syntax show ethernet cfm domain [name | level | brief] Parameters name | level Enter the maintenance domain name or level. brief Enter the keyword brief to display a summary output.
Page 210: Show Ethernet Cfm Maintenance-Points Remote
Parameters Enter the keyword mep to display configured MEPs. Enter the keyword mip to display configured MIPs. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Example FTOS#show ethernet cfm maintenance-points local mip ----------------------------------------------------- MPID Domain Name Level Type Port CCM-Status...
Page 211: Show Ethernet Cfm Mipbd
Example FTOS#show ethernet cfm maintenance-points remote detail MAC Address: 00:01:e8:58:68:78 Domain Name: cfm0 MA Name: test0 Level: 7 VLAN: 10 MP ID: 900 Sender Chassis ID: Force10 MEP Interface status: Up MEP Port status: Forwarding Receive RDI: FALSE MP Status: Active show ethernet cfm mipbd Display the MIP database.
Page 212: Show Ethernet Cfm Port-Statistics
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Example FTOS# show ethernet cfm statistics Domain Name: Customer Domain Level: 7 MA Name: My_MA MPID: 300 CCMs: Transmitted: 1503 RcvdSeqErrors: 0 LTRs: Unexpected Rcvd: LBRs:...
Page 213: Show Ethernet Cfm Traceroute-Cache
============= Total CFM Pkts 10303 CCM Pkts 0 LBM Pkts 0 LTM Pkts 3 LBR Pkts 0 LTR Pkts 0 show ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Display the link trace cache. S-Series, S4810 Syntax show ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.7.0...
Page 214: Traceroute Cache Hold-Time
vlan-id vlan Enter the keyword vlan and then enter the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. traceroute cache hold-time Set the amount of time a trace result is cached.
Page 215: Traceroute Ethernet
Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. traceroute ethernet Send a linktrace message to an MEP. S-Series, S4810 Syntax traceroute ethernet domain [name | level] ma-name remote {mep- id mep-id | mac-addr mac-address} Parameters name | domain...
Page 217: 802.1X
LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
Page 218: Debug Dot1X
debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, S4810 Syntax debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] Parameters Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages.
Page 219: Dot1X Auth-Server
Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage If the host responds to 802.1X with an incorrect login/password, the login fails. The switch Information attempts to authenticate again until the maximum attempts configured is reached. If the authentication fails after all allowed attempts, the interface moves to the authentication failed VLAN.
Page 220: Dot1X Authentication (Configuration)
Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: Information • Enable 802.1X authentication globally on the switch and on the port (the dot1x authentication command).
Page 221: Dot1X Authentication (Interface)
dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level. C-Series, E-Series TereaScale, S-Series, S4810 Syntax ot1x authentication To disable dot1x on an interface, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.12.0...
Page 222: Dot1X Host-Mode
If the host fails authentication for the designated number of times, the authenticator places the port in authentication failed VLAN (dot1x auth-fail-vlan). NOTE: You can create the Layer 3 portion of a guest VLAN and authentication fail VLANs regardless if the VLAN is assigned to an interface or not. After an interface is assigned a guest VLAN (which has an IP address), routing through the guest VLAN is the same as any other traffic.
Page 223: Dot1X Mac-Auth-Bypass
dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, FTOS attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. C-Series, S-Series, S4810 Syntax dot1x mac-auth-bypass To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, use the no dot1x mac-auth-bypass command.
Page 224: Dot1X Max-Supplicants
dot1x max-supplicants Restrict the number of supplicants that can be authenticated and permitted to access the network through the port. This configuration is only takes effect in Multi-Auth mode. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series, S4810 Syntax dot1x max-supplicants number Parameters number Enter the number of supplicants that can be authenticated on a single port in Multi-Auth mode.
Page 225: Dot1X Quiet-Period
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage The authenticator completes authentication only when port-control is set to auto. Information dot1x quiet-period Set the number of seconds that the authenticator remains quiet after a failed authentication with a client. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, S4810 Syntax dot1x quiet-period seconds To disable quiet time, use the no dot1x quiet-time command.
Page 226: Dot1X Reauth-Max
Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can reauthenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, S4810 Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command.
Page 227: Dot1X Supplicant-Timeout
Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage When you configure the dot1x server-timeout value, take into account the Information communication medium used to communicate with an authentication server and the number of RADIUS servers configured.
Page 228: Dot1X Tx-Period
dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, S4810 Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is 1 to 65535.
Page 229: Show Dot1X Interface
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Enter a supplicant’s MAC address using the mac-address option to display CoS mapping Information information only for the specified supplicant. You can display the CoS mapping information applied to traffic from authenticated supplicants on 802.1X-enabled ports that are in Single-Hot, Multi-Host, and Multi-Supplicant authentication modes.
Page 230 Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. •...
Page 231 Backend State: Initialize FTOS# Example (mac- FTOS#show dot1x interface gig 2/21 mac-address address) 00:00:01:00:07:00 802.1x information on Gi 2/21: ----------------------------- Dot1x Status: Enable Port Control: AUTO Re-Authentication: Disable Guest VLAN: Disable Guest VLAN id: NONE Auth-Fail VLAN: Disable Auth-Fail VLAN id: NONE Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: NONE Mac-Auth-Bypass:...
Page 232 Authenticated Backend State: Idle Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:11 192 | 802.1X www.dell.com | s u p p o r t . d e l l.com Port Auth Status: AUTHORIZED Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Authenticated...
Page 233: Access Control Lists (Acl)
Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported by the Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) on all E-Series, C-Series, S- Series, Z-Series, or S4810 platforms. FTOS supports the following types of ACL, IP prefix list, and route maps: •...
Page 234: Show Config
description Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 235: Common Ip Acl Commands
• CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 236: Clear Counters Ip Access-Group
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increase the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 237: Ip Control-Plane Egress-Filter
Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic. NOTE: Available only on the 12-port 1-Gigabit Ethernet FLEX line card. For specifications, refer to your line card documentation. Not available on the S-Series. implicit-permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword implicit-permit to change the default action of the ACL from implicit-deny to implicit-permit (that is, if the traffic does not match the filters in the ACL, the traffic is permitted instead of dropped).
Page 238: Show Ip Accounting Access-List
Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. show ip accounting access-list Display the IP access-lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show ip accounting {access-list access-list-name | cam_count} interface interface Parameters access-list-name...
Page 239: Standard Ip Acl Commands
Usage show ip Description Information accounting access-lists Field “Extended IP...” Displays the name of the IP ACL. “seq 5...” Displays the filter. If the keywords count or byte were configured in the filter, the number of packets or bytes processed by the filter is displayed at the end of the line.
Page 240 Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host and then enter the IP address to specify a host IP address only. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
Page 241: Ip Access-List Standard
Usage The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more Information FTOS Configuration Guide . information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’...
Page 242: Permit
Usage FTOS supports one ingress and one egress IP ACL per interface. Information Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specifications on entries allowed per ACL, refer to your line card documentation. Example FTOS(conf)#ip access-list standard TestList FTOS(config-std-nacl)#...
Page 243 and 254 is the lowest; lower order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
Page 244: Resequence Access-List
resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax resequence access-list {ipv4 | ipv6 | mac} { access-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to- Increment } Parameters ipv4 | ipv6 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4or mac to identify the access list type to resequence.
Page 245: Resequence Prefix-List Ipv4
resequence prefix-list ipv4 Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax resequence prefix-list ipv4 {prefix-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-increment} Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of the configured prefix list, up to 140 characters long. StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence.
Page 246 Parameters sequence- Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290. For the S4810, the range is 0 to number 65534. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria.
Page 247: Extended Ip Acl Commands
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Page 248: Deny
NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax deny {ip | ip-protocol-number} {source mask | any | host ip- address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [count [byte] | log] [dscp value] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices:...
Page 249 you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
Page 250: Deny Arp
deny arp Configure an egress filter that drops ARP packets on egress ACL supported line cards. (For more information, refer to your line card documentation). E-Series Syntax deny arp {destination-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id {ip-address | any | opcode code-number} [count [byte] | log] [order] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: •...
Page 251: Deny Ether-Type
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the section “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port FTOS Configuration Guide .
Page 252 Parameters protocol-type- Enter a number from 600 to FFFF as the specific Ethernet type traffic number to drop. destination-mac- Enter a MAC address and mask in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. address mac- For the MAC address mask, specify which bits in the MAC address address-mask must match.
Page 253: Deny Icmp
Version 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. Version 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more Information FTOS Configuration Guide . information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only.
Page 254 message-type (OPTIONAL) Enter an ICMP message type, either with the type (and code, if necessary) numbers or with the name of the message type. The range is 0 to 255 for ICMP type and 0 to 255 for ICMP code. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
Page 255 ICMP Message Type ICMP Message Type Name Keywords administratively- Administratively prohibited prohibited alternate-address Alternate host address conversion-error Datagram conversion error dod-host-prohibited Host prohibited dod-net-prohibited Net prohibited echo Echo echo-reply Echo reply general-parameter- Parameter problem problem host-isolated Host isolated host-precedence- Host unreachable for precedence unreachable host-redirect Host redirect...
Page 256: Deny Tcp
ICMP Message Type ICMP Message Type Name Keywords port-unreachable Port unreachable precedence- Precedence cutoff unreachable protocol- Protocol unreachable unreachable reassembly-timeout Reassembly timeout redirect All redirects router- Router discovery advertisements advertisement router-solicitation Router discovery solicitations source-quench Source quenches source-route-failed Source route failed time-exceeded All time exceeded timestamp-reply...
Page 257 mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non- contiguous. Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. ip-address host Enter the keyword host and then enter the IP address to specify a host IP address.
Page 258 (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in an ACL log file. Supported on Jumbo-enabled line cards only. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest;...
Page 259: Deny Udp
in the CAM based on bit mask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range. Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000–8000 uses eight entries in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To #Covered 1 0000111110100000 1111111111100000 4000 4031 32...
Page 260 ip-address host Enter the keyword host and then enter the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is 0 to 63. operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: •...
Page 261 Version 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option.
Page 262: Ip Access-List Extended
Related deny – assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. Commands deny tcp – assigns a filter to deny TCP traffic. ip access-list extended Name (or select) an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip access-list extended access-list-name...
Page 263: Permit
permit Configure a filter to pass IP packets meeting the filter criteria. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax permit {ip | ip-protocol-number} {source mask | any | host ip- address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [count [byte] | log] [dscp value] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: •...
Page 264 monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. NOTE: For more information, refer to the Flow-based Monitoring FTOS Configuration section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Guide .
Page 265: Permit Arp
permit arp Configure a filter that forwards ARP packets meeting this criteria. This command is supported only on 12-port GE line cards with SFP optics; refer to your line card documentation for specifications. E-Series Syntax permit arp {destination-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id {ip-address | any | opcode code-number} [count [byte] | log] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices:...
Page 266: Permit Ether-Type
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. NOTE: For more information, refer to the Flow-based Monitoring FTOS Configuration section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Guide .
Page 267 vlan-id {source-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} command. Parameters protocol-type- Enter a number from 600 to FFF as the specific Ethernet type traffic to number drop. destination-mac- Enter a MAC address and mask in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. address mac- For the MAC address mask, specify which bits in the MAC address address-mask must match.
Page 268: Permit Icmp
Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
Page 269 dscp Enter the keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is 0 to 63. message-type (OPTIONAL) Enter an ICMP message type, either with the type (and code, if necessary) numbers or with the name of the message type. The range is 0 to 255 for ICMP type and 0 to 255 for ICMP code.
Page 270: Permit Tcp
NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. permit tcp Configure a filter to pass TCP packets meeting the filter criteria. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-...
Page 271 • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter) port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: •...
Page 272 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
Page 273: Permit Udp
permit udp Configure a filter to pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax permit udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [byte] | log] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: •...
Page 274 (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in an ACL log file. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest;...
Page 275: Resequence Access-List
in the CAM based on bit mask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range. Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000–8000 uses eight entries in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To #Covered...
Page 276: Resequence Prefix-List Ipv4
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4). Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 277: Seq Arp
Usage When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits re-assigning a new Information sequence number to entries of an existing prefix list. Related resequence access-list – resequences an access-list. Commands seq arp Configure an egress filter with a sequence number that filters ARP packets meeting this criteria. This command is supported only on 12-port GE line cards with SFP optics.
Page 278 (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in an ACL log file. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest;...
Page 279: Seq Ether-Type
seq ether-type Configure an egress filter with a specific sequence number that filters traffic with specified types of Ethernet packets. This command is supported only on 12-port GE line cards with SFP optics. For specifications, refer to your line card documentation.
Page 280 order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
Page 281: Seq
Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {ip-protocol-number | icmp | ip | tcp | udp} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte] | log] [dscp value] [order] [monitor] [fragments]...
Page 282 port port (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: • 23 = Telnet •...
Page 283: Common Mac Access List Commands
Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option.
Page 284: Clear Counters Mac Access-Group
clear counters mac access-group Clear counters for all or a specific MAC ACL. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax clear counters mac access-group [mac-list-name] Parameters mac-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured MAC access list. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 285: Show Mac Access-Lists
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 286: Show Mac Accounting Access-List
Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced. show mac accounting access-list Display MAC access list configurations and counters (if configured). C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show mac accounting access-list access-list-name interface interface in | out Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters.
Page 287: Standard Mac Acl Commands
Usage The ACL hit counters in this command increment the counters for each matching rule, not just Information the first matching rule. Example FTOS#show mac accounting access-list mac-ext interface po 1 Extended mac access-list mac-ext on GigabitEthernet 0/11 seq 5 permit host 00:00:00:00:00:11 host 00:00:00:00:00:19 count (393794576 packets) seq 10 deny host 00:00:00:00:00:21 host 00:00:00:00:00:29...
Page 288 Parameters Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. mac-source- Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. address mac-source- (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. If no address-mask mask is specified, a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match).
Page 289: Mac Access-List Standard
mac access-list standard Name a new or existing MAC access control list (MAC ACL) and enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode to configure a standard MAC ACL. Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types section and the Common MAC Access List Commands section.
Page 290: Permit
permit Configure a filter to forward packets from a specific source MAC address. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax permit {any | mac-source-address [mac-source-address-mask]} [count [byte]] | [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
Page 291: Seq
Usage When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Information Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value.
Page 292: Extended Mac Acl Commands
Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 293 • Use the no deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host mac-address | mac- destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} command. Parameters Enter the keyword any to drop all packets. mac- host Enter the keyword host and then enter a MAC address to drop address packets with that host address.
Page 294: Mac Access-List Extended
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Usage When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending Information on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’...
Page 295: Permit
Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Example FTOS(conf)#mac-access-list access-list extended TestMATExt FTOS(config-ext-macl)#remark 5 IPv4 FTOS(config-ext-macl)#seq 10 permit any any ev2 eq 800 count bytes FTOS(config-ext-macl)#remark 15 ARP FTOS(config-ext-macl)#seq 20 permit any any ev2 eq 806 count bytes FTOS(config-ext-macl)#remark 25 IPv6 FTOS(config-ext-macl)#seq 30 permit any any ev2 eq 86dd count...
Page 296 mac-source- (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. address-mask The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. mac-destination- Enter the destination MAC address and mask in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn address...
Page 297: Seq
Usage When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Information Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value.
Page 298: Ip Prefix List Commands
• llc - is the IEEE 802.3 frame format. • snap - is the IEEE 802.3 SNAP frame format. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes.
Page 299: Clear Ip Prefix-List
clear ip prefix-list Reset the number of times traffic mets the conditions (“hit” counters) of the configured prefix lists. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax clear ip prefix-list [prefix-name] Parameters prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the configured prefix list to clear only counters for that prefix list, up to 140 characters long.
Page 300: Ip Prefix-List
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Usage Sequence numbers for this filter are automatically assigned starting at sequence number 5. Information If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered.
Page 301: Permit
permit Configure a filter that passes packets meeting the criteria specified. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax permit ip-prefix [ge min-prefix-length] [le max-prefix-length] To delete a forward filter, use the no permit ip-prefix command. Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0.
Page 302: Show Config
Parameters sequence- Enter a number. The range is 1 to 4294967294. number deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition.. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this condition. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword any to match any packets.
Page 303: Show Ip Prefix-List Detail
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Example FTOS(conf-nprefixl)#show config ip prefix-list snickers FTOS(conf-nprefixl)# show ip prefix-list detail Display details of the configured prefix lists. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show ip prefix-list detail [prefix-name] Parameters...
Page 304: Show Ip Prefix-List Summary
show ip prefix-list summary Display a summary of the configured prefix lists. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show ip prefix-list summary [prefix-name] Parameters prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes •...
Page 305: Route Map Commands
Route Map Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then applied to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. The following commands allow you to configure route maps and their redistribution criteria. continue Configure a route-map to go to a route-map entry with a higher sequence number. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax continue [sequence-number]...
Page 306: Description
If the route-map entry contains sets with the continue clause, set actions are performed first then the continue clause jumps to the specified route map entry. • If a set action occurs in the first route map entry and then the same set action occurs with a different value in a subsequent route map entry, the last set of actions overrides the previous set of actions with the same set command.
Page 307: Match Community
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 308: Match Interface
match interface Configure a filter to match routes whose next hop is on the interface specified. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax match interface interface To remove a match, use the no match interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: •...
Page 309: Match Ip Address
match ip route-source – redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric – redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type – redistributes routes that match a route type. match tag – redistributes routes that match a specific tag. match ip address Configure a filter to match routes based on IP addresses specified in an access list.
Page 310: Match Ip Route-Source
Parameters prefix- prefix-list Enter the keywords prefix-list and then enter the name of list-name configured prefix list, up 10 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters.
Page 311: Match Metric
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Related match interface – redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. Commands match ip address – redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop –...
Page 312: Match Origin
match origin Configure a filter to match routes based on the value found in the BGP path ORIGIN attribute. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax match origin {egp | igp | incomplete} To disable matching filter, use the no match origin {igp | egp | incomplete} command.
Page 313: Match Tag
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 314: Route-Map
Related match interface – redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. Commands match ip address – redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop – redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source – redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric –...
Page 315: Set As-Path
pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Usage Use caution when you delete route maps because if you do not specify a sequence number, all Information route maps with the same map-name are deleted when you use the no route-map map- name command.
Page 316: Set Automatic-Tag
set automatic-tag Configure a filter to automatically compute the tag value of the route. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax set automatic-tag To return to the default, enter no set automatic-tag. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 317: Set Community
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 318: Set Level
All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary. none Enter the keyword none to remove the community attribute from routes meeting the route map criteria. additive (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword additive to add the communities to already existing communities.
Page 319: Set Local-Preference
stub-area Enter the keyword stub to redistributed matched routes to OSPF stub areas. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 320: Set Metric
Usage The set local-preference command changes the LOCAL_PREF attribute for routes Information meeting the route map criteria. To change the LOCAL_PREF for all routes, use the bgp default local-preference command. Related bgp default local-preference – changes the default LOCAL_PREF attribute for all routes. Commands set metric Configure a filter to assign a new metric to redistributed routes.
Page 321: Set Next-Hop
To delete a setting, use the no set metric-type command. Parameters internal Enter the keyword internal to assign the Interior Gateway Protocol metric of the next hop as the route’s BGP MULTI_EXIT_DES (MED) value. external Enter the keyword external to assign the IS-IS external metric. type-1 Enter the keyword type-1 to assign the OSPF Type 1 metric.
Page 322: Set Origin
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Usage If you configure the set next-hop command, its configuration takes precedence over the Information neighbor next-hop-self command in the ROUTER BGP mode.
Page 323: Set Tag
set tag Configure a filter to specify a tag for redistributed routes. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax set tag tag-value To delete a setting, use the no set tag command. Parameters tag-value Enter a number as the tag. The range is zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured.
Page 324: Show Config
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 325: As-Path Commands
Parameters map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured route map, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters.
Page 326: Ip As-Path Access-List
• . = (period) matches on any single character, including white space. • * = (asterisk) matches on sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). • + = (plus sign) matches on sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). •...
Page 327: Permit
Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Usage Use the match as-path or neighbor filter-list commands to apply the AS-PATH Information ACL to BGP routes.
Page 328: Show Config
Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 show config Display the current configuration. E-Series Syntax show config Command Modes AS-PATH ACL Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Example FTOS(config-as-path)#show config...
Page 329: Ip Community List Commands
permit ^$.*$$ FTOS# IP Community List Commands IP Community List commands are supported on the E-Series and S4810 platforms only. deny Create a filter to drop routes matching a BGP COMMUNITY number. E-Series Syntax deny {community-number | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export | quote-regexp regular-expressions-list | regexp regular- expression} Parameters...
Page 330: Ip Community-List
NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CNTL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. • [ ] = (brackets) matches a range of single-character patterns. • ^ = (caret) matches the beginning of the input string. (If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified.) •...
Page 331: Permit
permit Configure a filter to forward routes that match the route’s COMMUNITY attribute. E-Series Syntax permit {community-number | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export | quote-regexp regular-expressions-list | regexp regular- expression} Parameters community- Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system.
Page 332: Show Config
• _ = (underscore) matches a comma (,), left brace ({), right brace (}), left parenthesis, right parenthesis, the beginning of the input string, the end of the input string, or a space. • | = (pipe) matches either character. Defaults Not configured Command Modes...
Page 333 Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Example FTOS#show ip community-lists...
Page 335: Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (Bfd)
Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft- ietf-bfd-base-03 and supports BFD on all Layer 3 physical interfaces including virtual local area network (VLAN) interfaces, and port-channels.
Page 336: Bfd Disable
ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS (Not available on the C-Series.) Command History Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced BFD for BGP on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced BFD for BGP on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.3 Introduced BFD for BGP on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced BFD for OSPF and ISIS on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 337: Bfd Enable (Configuration)
Command History Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd enable (Configuration) Enable BFD on all interfaces. C-Series, E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax bfd enable Disable BFD using the no bfd enable command.
Page 338: Bfd Interval
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd interval Specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. C-Series, E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax bfd interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive} Parameters interval Enter the keywords interval to specify non-default BFD session...
Page 339: Bfd Neighbor
bfd neighbor Establish a BFD session with a neighbor. C-Series, E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax bfd neighbor ip-address To remove the BFD session with the neighbor, use the no bfd neighbor ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
Page 340: Clear Bfd Counters
Usage Protocol Liveness is a feature that notifies the BFD Manager when a client protocol (for Information example, OSPF and ISIS) is disabled. When a client is disabled, all BFD sessions for that protocol are torn down. Neighbors on the remote system receive an Admin Down control packet and are placed in the Down state.
Page 341: Debug Bfd
debug bfd Enable BFD debugging. C-Series, E-Series Syntax debug bfd {detail | event | packet} {all | interface} [mode] [count number] Parameters detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display detailed information about BFD packets. event (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword event to display information about BFD state.
Page 342: Ip Route Bfd
Defaults Disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for VLAN and port-channel interfaces on the E-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Because BFD can potentially transmit 20 packets per interface, you must restrict debugging Information information.
Page 343: Isis Bfd All-Neighbors
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related show bfd neighbors – displays the BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified Commands interface.
Page 344: Neighbor Bfd
Command History Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage This command provides the flexibility to fine tune the timer values based on individual interface Information needs when ISIS BFD is configured in CONFIGURATION mode.
Page 345: Neighbor Bfd Disable
• The neighbor only inherits the global timer values configured with the bfd neighbor command: interval, min_rx, and multiplier. Related bfd neighbor – enables BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by Layer 3 protocols. Commands neighbor bfd disable – explicitly disables a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group.
Page 346: Show Bfd Counters
show bfd neighbors – displays the BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. show bfd counters Display BFD counter information. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show bfd counters [bgp | isis | ospf | vrrp | static-route] [interface] Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information:...
Page 347: Show Bfd Neighbors
• EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.1.3 Added support for BFD for BGP on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for BFD for VLAN and port-channel interfaces, ISIS, and VRRP on the E-Series.
Page 348 Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Added support for BFD for BGP on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.3 Added support for BFD for BGP on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 349: Vrrp Bfd
Number of messages communicated b/w Manager and Agent: 6 FTOS# Related bfd neighbor – establishes a BFD session with a neighbor. Commands bfd all-neighbors – establishes BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by the IS-IS protocol or OSPF protocol out of all interfaces. vrrp bfd Establish a VRRP BFD session.
Page 350 Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 351: Border Gateway Protocol
Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
Page 352: Address-Family
address-family Enable the IPv4 multicast or the IPv6 address family. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax address-family [ipv4 multicast| ipv6unicast] Parameters ipv4 multicast Enter BGPv4 multicast mode. ipv6 unicast Enter BGPv6 mode. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 353: Bgp Add-Path
suppress-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords suppress-map followed by the map-name name of a configured route map to identify which more-specific routes in the aggregate are suppressed. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY • ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY IPv6 Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 354: Bgp Always-Compare-Med
path-count Enter the number paths supported. The range is 2 to 64. Defaults Disabled Command Modes • ROUTER BGP • ROUTER BGP-address-family Command History Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Related neighbor add-path – specifies that this neighbor/peer group can send/receive multiple path Commands advertisements.
Page 355: Bgp Bestpath As-Path Ignore
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced the dynamic application of AS notation changes Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced Usage Before enabling this feature, you must enable the enable bgp four-octet-as- Information supportcommand.
Page 356: Bgp Bestpath As-Path Multipath-Relax
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best Information path.
Page 357: Bgp Bestpath Med Missing-As-Best
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage The software compares the MEDs only if the path contains no external autonomous system Information numbers. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path.
Page 358: Bgp Client-To-Client Reflection
Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced Usage Configuring this option retains the current best-path. When sessions are subsequently reset, Information the oldest received path is chosen as the best-path. bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection...
Page 359: Bgp Confederation Identifier
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage When a BGP cluster contains only one route reflector, the cluster ID is the route reflector’s Information router ID. For redundancy, a BGP cluster may contain two or more route reflectors. Assign a cluster ID with the bgp cluster-id command.
Page 360: Bgp Confederation Peers
FTOS accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute. The software sends AS_CONFED_SET and accepts AS_CONFED_SET and AS_CONF_SEQ. Related bgp four-octet-as-support – enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. Commands bgp confederation peers Specify the autonomous systems (ASs) that belong to the BGP confederation. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax bgp confederation peers as-number [...as-number]...
Page 361: Bgp Dampening
bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is...
Page 362: Bgp Default Local-Preference
Related show ip bgp dampened-paths – views the BGP paths. Commands bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command.
Page 363: Bgp Fast-External-Fallover
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage This is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that Information the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is increments.
Page 364: Bgp Graceful-Restart
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Routers supporting 4-byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message. The behavior of Information a 4-byte router is slightly different depending on whether it is speaking to a 2-byte router or a 4- byte router.
Page 365: Bgp Log-Neighbor-Changes
Usage This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Information Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. BGP graceful restart is active only when the neighbor becomes established. Otherwise it is disabled.
Page 366: Bgp Recursive-Bgp-Next-Hop
Usage In Non-Deterministic mode, paths are compared in the order in which they arrive. This method Information can lead to FTOS choosing different best paths from a set of paths, depending on the order in which they are received from the neighbors because MED may or may not get compared between adjacent paths.
Page 367: Bgp Router-Id
Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced Usage BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of Information regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is quite common.
Page 368: Bgp Soft-Reconfig-Backup
Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor. Defaults The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if no Loopback interfaces are configured, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History...
Page 369: Capture Bgp-Pdu Neighbor
capture bgp-pdu neighbor Enable capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address direction {both | rx | To disable capture of the IPv4 BGP neighbor packet, use the no capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address command.
Page 370: Clear Ip Bgp
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced Related capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. Commands capture bgp-pdu neighbor (ipv6) – enables capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor –...
Page 371: Clear Ip Bgp Dampening
flap-statistics Enter the keywords flap-statistics to clear the flap statistics information. ipv4 Enter the ipv4 address family to clear. ipv6 Enter the ipv6 address family to clear. peer-group Enter the peer-group to clear all members of the peer-group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1...
Page 372: Clear Ip Bgp Flap-Statistics
clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax clear ip bgp flap-statistics [ip-address mask | filter-list as- path-name | regexp regular-expression] Parameters ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format and the prefix mask in slash format (/x) to reset only that prefix.
Page 373: Clear Ip Bgp Peer-Group
clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax clear ip bgp peer-group peer-group-name Parameters peer-group-name Enter the peer group name to reset the BGP sessions within that peer group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 374: Debug Ip Bgp Dampening
notifications Enter the keyword notifications to view BGP notifications. soft- Enter the keywords soft-reconfiguration to view only reconfiguration information on inbound BGP soft reconfiguration. updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP updates. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 375: Debug Ip Bgp Events
debug ip bgp events Display information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] events [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] events command.
Page 376: Debug Ip Bgp Notifications
(OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only inbound keepalive messages. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only outbound keepalive messages. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 377: Debug Ip Bgp Soft-Reconfiguration
debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax debug ip bgp {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft- reconfiguration To disable, use the no debug ip bgp {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
Page 378: Default-Metric
prefix- prefix-list (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword prefix-list followed by the list-name name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
Page 379: Description
description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes...
Page 380: Max-Paths
Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. Usage CAUTION: Dell Force10 recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of Information internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low.
Page 381: Neighbor Activate
neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI (Address Family Identifier/Subsequent Address Family Identifier). C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate To disable, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate command.
Page 382: Neighbor Advertisement-Interval
both Enter the keyword both to indicate that the system will send and accept multiple paths from peers. path-count Enter the number paths supported. The range is 2 to 64. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGP-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 383: Neighbor Advertisement-Start
neighbor advertisement-start Set the minimum interval before starting to send BGP routing updates. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
Page 384: Neighbor Default-Originate
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Related bgp four-octet-as-support – enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. Commands neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} default-originate...
Page 385: Neighbor Distribute-List
To delete a description, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} description command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. text Enter a continuous text string up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured.
Page 386: Neighbor Ebgp-Multihop
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Other BGP filtering commands include: neighbor filter-list, ip as-path Information access-list, and neighbor route-map. Related ip as-path access-list – configures IP AS-Path ACL. Commands neighbor filter-list – assigns a AS-PATH list to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor route-map –...
Page 387: Neighbor Filter-List
Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 388: Neighbor Graceful-Restart
• ROUTER BGP-address-family Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, ACL names were up to 16 characters long. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Page 389: Neighbor Local-As
Usage This feature advertises to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only Information mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. neighbor local-as Configure Internal BGP (IBGP) routers to accept external routes from neighbors with a local AS number in the AS number path.
Page 390: Neighbor Next-Hop-Self (C-, E-, And S-Series)
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value.
Page 391: Neighbor Password
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage If you configure the set next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, its configuration takes Information precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self (C-, E-, and S-Series) command.
Page 392: Neighbor Peer-Group (Assigning Peers)
If you specify a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name parameter, all the members of the peer group inherits the characteristic configured with this command. If you configure a password on one neighbor, but you have not configured a password for the neighboring router, the following message appears on the console while the routers attempt to establish a BGP session between them: %RPM0-P:RP1 %KERN-6-INT: No BGP MD5 from [peer's IP address]...
Page 393: Neighbor Peer-Group (Creating Group)
A neighbor may keep its configuration after it was added to a peer group if the neighbor’s configuration is more specific than the peer group’s, and the neighbor’s configuration does not affect outgoing updates. A peer group must exist before you add a peer to it. If the peer group is disabled (shutdown) the peers within the group are also disabled (shutdown).
Page 394: Neighbor Peer-Group Passive
neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but will respond to one. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive [limit sessions] To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer- group passive command.
Page 395: Neighbor Remove-Private-As
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group. number Enter a number of the AS.
Page 396: Neighbor Route-Map
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added 4-byte support. Usage Applies to EBGP neighbors only. Information You must configure your system to accept 4-byte formats before entering a 4-byte AS Number. If the AS-PATH contains both public and private AS number or contains AS numbers of an EBGP neighbor, the private AS numbers are not removed.
Page 397: Neighbor Route-Reflector-Client
neighbor route-reflector-client Configure the router as a route reflector and the specified neighbors as members of the cluster. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-reflector-client To remove one or more neighbors from a cluster, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-reflector-client command.
Page 398: Neighbor Shutdown
To disable sending a COMMUNITY attribute, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} send-community command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to send a COMMUNITY attribute to all routers within the peer group.
Page 399: Neighbor Soft-Reconfiguration Inbound
Usage Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled. Information The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group. Use this command with caution as it terminates the specified BGP sessions. When a neighbor or peer group is shutdown, use the show ip bgp summary command to confirm its status.
Page 400: Neighbor Subnet
neighbor subnet Enable passive peering so that the members of the peer group are dynamic. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask To remove passive peering, use the no neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask command. Parameters subnet-number Enter a subnet number in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) as the allowable range of addresses included in the Peer group.
Page 401: Neighbor Update-Source
Defaults • keepalive = 60 seconds • holdtime = 180 seconds Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Timer values configured with the neighbor timers command overrides the timer values Information...
Page 402: Neighbor Weight
Usage Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly Information up to stabilize the session. The neighbor update-source command is not necessary for directly connected internal BGP sessions. neighbor weight Assign a weight to the neighbor connection, which is used to determine the best path. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} weight weight...
Page 403: Network Backdoor
Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
Page 404: Redistribute
mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 405: Redistribute Isis
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced the ability to substitute IGP cost for MED when a peer/ peer-group outbound route-map is set as internal. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 406: Redistribute Ospf
with the destination protocol. The range is 0 to 16777215. The default is 0. map- route-map Enter the keyword route-map followed by the map name that is an name identifier for a configured route map. The route map filters imported routes from the source routing protocol to the current routing protocol.
Page 407: Router Bgp
match external {1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute | 2} OSPF external routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPF internal routes only. map- route-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name...
Page 408: Show Capture Bgp-Pdu Neighbor
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage At least one interface must be in Layer 3 mode for the router bgp command to be Information accepted. If no interfaces are enabled for Layer 3, an error message appears: % Error: No router id configured Example FTOS(conf)#router bgp 3...
Page 409: Show Config
ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00290104 000100b4 14141401 0c020a01 04000100 01020080 00000000 PDU[2] : len 19, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 PDU[3] : len 19, captured 00:34:50 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 [. . .] FTOS# Related capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size –...
Page 410 Parameters ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. network-mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix format) of the BGP network address.
Page 411: Show Ip Bgp Cluster-List
701 80 i *> 63.114.8.33 0 18508 701 80 *> 3.3.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 32768 ? 63.114.8.35 0 18508 ? *> 4.0.0.0/8 63.114.8.33 0 18508 701 1 i *> 4.2.49.12/30 63.114.8.33 0 18508 209 i 4.17.250.0/24 63.114.8.33 0 18508 209 1239 13716 i *>...
Page 412: Show Ip Bgp Community
Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route.
Page 413 community- Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system. You can specify up to eight community numbers to view information on those community groups. local-AS Enter the keywords local-AS to view all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED.
Page 414: Show Ip Bgp Community-List
Field Description LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Example FTOS>show ip bgp community BGP table version is 3762622, local router ID is 63.114.8.48 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, >...
Page 415 Parameters ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. community-list- Enter the name of a configured IP community list (max 16 characters). name exact-match Enter the keyword for an exact match of the communities. Command Modes •...
Page 416: Show Ip Bgp Dampened-Paths
show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] dampened-paths Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 417 Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Example FTOS#show ip bgp detail Detail information for BGP Node bgpNdP 0x41a17000 : NdTmrP 0x41a17000 : NdKATmrP 0x41a17014 : NdTics 74857 :...
Page 418: Show Ip Bgp Extcommunity-List
PeerUpdTmrP 0x41ee70cc : DfrdNHTmrP 0x41ee7174 : DfrdRtselTmrP 0x41ee713c : FastExtFallover 1 : FastIntFallover 0 : Enforce1stAS 1 PeerIdBitsP 0x41967120 : softOutSz 16 : RibUpdCtxCBP 0 UpdPeerCtxCBP 0 : UpdPeerCtxAFI 0 : TcpioCtxCB 0 : RedistBlk 1 NextCBPurg 1101119536 : NumPeerToPurge 0 : PeerIBGPCnt 0 : NonDet 0 : DfrdPathSel 0 BGPRst 0 : NumGrCfg 1 : DfrdTmestmp 0 : SnmpTrps 0 : IgnrBestPthASP 0...
Page 419: Show Ip Bgp Filter-List
• EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp Information summary command.
Page 420: Show Ip Bgp Flap-Statistics
Field Description • a = aggregate route entry • c = external confederation route entry • n = network route entry • r = redistributed route entry Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table.
Page 421 Parameters ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix (/x) format) of the BGP network address.
Page 422: Show Ip Bgp Inconsistent-As
Field Description From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the flapping route. Flaps Displays the number of times the route flapped. Duration Displays the hours:minutes:seconds since the route first flapped. Reuse Displays the hours:minutes:seconds until the flapped route is available.
Page 423: Show Ip Bgp Neighbors
Field Description Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight.
Page 424 ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor to view only BGP information exchanged with that neighbor. advertised-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertised-routes to view only the routes the neighbor sent. dampened-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords dampened-routes to view information on dampened routes from the BGP neighbor.
Page 425 The following describes the show ip bgp neighbors command shown in the Examples below. The Lines Beginning Description with: BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number. The last phrase in the line indicates whether the link between the BGP router and its neighbor is an external or internal one.
Page 426 The Lines Beginning Description with: Last reset Displays the amount of time since the peering session was last reset. Also states if the peer resets the peering session. If the peering session was never reset, the word never is displayed. Local host: Displays the peering address of the local router and the TCP port number.
Page 427 Prefixes accepted 1 (consume 4 bytes), withdrawn 0 by peer Prefixes advertised 0, rejected 0, withdrawn 0 from peer Connections established 2; dropped 1 Last reset 00:18:21, due to Maximum prefix limit reached Example FTOS>show ip bgp neighbors 192.14.1.5 advertised-routes (Advertised- BGP table version is 74103, local router ID is 33.33.33.33 Routes)
Page 428: Show Ip Bgp Next-Hop
70.70.24.0/24 100.10.10.2 0 100 200 ? FTOS# Related show ip bgp – views the current BGP routing table. Commands show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (using learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths.
Page 429: Show Ip Bgp Paths
show ip bgp paths View all the BGP path attributes in the BGP database. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show ip bgp paths [regexp regular-expression] Parameters regular- regexp Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the expression following characters to match: •...
Page 430: Show Ip Bgp Paths As-Path
Field Description Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using this path attribute. Metric Displays the MED attribute for this path attribute. Path Displays the AS path for the route, with the origin code for the route listed last. Numbers listed between braces {} are AS_SET information.
Page 431: Show Ip Bgp Paths Community
Field Description Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using these AS-Paths. AS-Path Displays the AS paths for this route, with the origin code for the route listed last.
Page 432: Show Ip Bgp Peer-Group
Field Description Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using these communities. Community Displays the community attributes in this BGP path. Example E1200-BGP>show ip bgp paths community Total 293 Communities Address Hash Refcount Community...
Page 433 peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view detailed status information of the peers in that peer group. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view status information of the peers in that peer group.
Page 434: Show Ip Bgp Regexp
Add-path support enabled Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 1.1.1.5 1.1.1.6 10.10.10.2* 20.20.20.100 Example FTOS#show ip bgp peer-group Peer-group RT-PEERS Description: ***peering-with-RT*** BGP version 4 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor is RT-PEERS Number of peers in this group 20 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 12.1.1.2*...
Page 435 • + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. •...
Page 436: Show Ip Bgp Summary
*>I 4.0.0.0/8 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 3356 i *>I 4.17.225.0/24 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 11853 11853 11853 11853 11853 6496 *>I 4.17.226.0/23 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 11853 11853 11853 11853 11853 6496 *>I 4.17.251.0/24 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 11853 11853 11853 11853 11853 6496 *>I 4.17.252.0/23 1.1.1.2...
Page 437 Field Description BGP router identifier Displays the local router ID and the AS number. BGP table version Displays the BGP table version and the main routing table version. network entries Displays the number of network entries, route paths, and the amount of memory used to process those entries.
Page 438: Show Running-Config Bgp
Field Description State/Pfxrcd If the neighbor is in Established stage, the number of network prefixes received. If a maximum limit was configured with the neighbor maximum- prefix command, (prfxd) appears in this column. If the neighbor is not in Established stage, the current stage is displayed (Idle, Connect, Active, OpenSent, OpenConfirm).
Page 439: Timers Bgp
timers bgp Adjust the BGP Keep Alive and Hold Time timers. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers.
Page 440: Address Family Ipv4 Multicast (Mbgp)
address family ipv4 multicast (MBGP) This command changes the context to subsequent address family identifier (SAFI). C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax address family ipv4 multicast To remove SAFI context, use the no address family ipv4 multicast command. Parameters ipv4 Enter the keyword ipv4 to specify the address family as IPV4. multicast Enter the keyword multicast to specify multicast as SAFI.
Page 441: Bgp Dampening
summary-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary-only to advertise only the aggregate address. Specific routes are not advertised. suppress-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords suppress-map followed by the map-name name of a configured route map to identify which more-specific routes in the aggregate are suppressed. Defaults Not configured.
Page 442: Clear Ip Bgp Ipv4 Multicast
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. clear ip bgp ipv4 multicast Reset MBGP sessions. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax clear ip bgp ipv4 multicast * ip-address [dampening | flap- statistics] peer-group] Parameters Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions.
Page 443: Clear Ip Bgp Flap-Statistics
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax clear ip bgp ipv4 multicast flap-statistics network | filter-...
Page 444: Debug Ip Bgp Dampening
debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, Z-Series, S-Series Syntax debug ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampening command. Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information.
Page 445: Debug Ip Bgp Updates
debug ip bgp updates View information about BGP updates. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax debug ip bgp updates [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp updates [in | out] command. Parameters updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors.
Page 446: Neighbor Activate
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage CAUTION: Dell Force10 recommends not changing the administrative distance of internal Information routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low.
Page 447: Neighbor Advertisement-Interval
neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group- name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal...
Page 448: Neighbor Distribute-List
map- route-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of name a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Address Family (conf-router_bgp_af) Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series.
Page 449: Neighbor Filter-List
neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] filter-list aspath access-list-name [in | out] To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] filter-list aspath access-list-name [in | out] command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
Page 450: Neighbor Next-Hop-Self
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value.
Page 451: Neighbor Remove-Private-As
neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers.
Page 452: Neighbor Route-Reflector-Client
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. Usage When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of Information the route map are permitted.
Page 453: Redistribute
To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map- name] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24).
Page 454: Redistribute Ospf
Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes. map- route-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of name an established route map.
Page 455: Show Ip Bgp Ipv4 Multicast
To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. The range is 1 to 65535. match external {1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute | 2} OSPF external routes.
Page 456: Show Ip Bgp Cluster-List
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. Usage When you enable the bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp Information command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason. The following describes the show ip bgp ipv4 multicast command shown the Example below.
Page 457: Show Ip Bgp Community
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. show ip bgp community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv4 multicast community [community-number] [local-...
Page 458: Show Ip Bgp Community-List
Usage To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp Information summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. The show ip bgp community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output.
Page 459: Show Ip Bgp Filter-List
Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route. Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network.
Page 460: Show Ip Bgp Inconsistent-As
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix (/x) format) of the BGP network address. filter-list as-path- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword filter-list followed by the name name of a configured AS-PATH ACL.
Page 461: Show Ip Bgp Ipv4 Multicast Neighbors
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. show ip bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors Allows you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors [ip-address [advertised- routes | dampened-routes | detail | flap-statistics | routes]] Parameters ip-address...
Page 462 Lines beginning with: Description BGP state Displays the neighbor’s BGP state and the amount of time in hours:minutes:seconds it has been in that state. Last read This line displays the following information: • last read is the time (hours:minutes:seconds) the router read a message from its neighbor •...
Page 463 60 seconds Received 1404 messages, 0 in queue 3 opens, 1 notifications, 1394 updates 6 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Sent 48 messages, 0 in queue 3 opens, 2 notifications, 0 updates 43 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Minimum time between advertisement runs is 5 seconds Minimum time before advertisements start is 0 seconds Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv4 unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1)
Page 464: Show Ip Bgp Peer-Group
show ip bgp peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv4 multicast peer-group [peer-group-name [detail | summary]] Parameters peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only.
Page 465 Usage The following describes the sho ip bgp ipv4 multicast summary command Information shown in the Example below. Field Description BGP router identifier Displays the local router ID and the AS number. BGP table version Displays the BGP table version and the main routing table version. network entries Displays the number of network entries, route paths, and the amount of memory used to process those entries.
Page 466: Bgp Extended Communities (Rfc 4360)
Field Description If the neighbor is disabled, the phrase (Admin shut) appears in this column. Example (S4810) FTOS#sho ip bgp ipv4 multicast summary BGP router identifier 100.10.10.1, local AS number 6400 BGP table version is 14, main routing table version 14 7 network entrie(s) and 7 paths using 972 bytes of memory 2 BGP path attribute entrie(s) using 112 bytes of memory 1 BGP AS-PATH entrie(s) using 35 bytes of memory...
Page 467: Deny Regex
IPADDR:NN Enter the IP address specific extended community in the format IPADDR:NN (4-byte IPv4 Unicast Address:2-byte community value). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 468: Description
description Use this feature to designate a meaningful description to the extended community. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax description {line} To remove the description, use the no description {line} command. Parameters line Enter a description (maximum 80 characters). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History...
Page 469: Match Extcommunity
match extcommunity Use this feature to match an extended community in the Route Map mode. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax match extcommunity {extended community list name} To change the match, use the no match extcommunity {extended community list name} command. Parameters extended Enter the name of the extended community list.
Page 470: Permit Regex
IPADDR:NN Enter the IP address specific extended community in the format IPADDR:NN (4-byte IPv4 Unicast Address:2-byte community value). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 471: Set Extcommunity Rt
set extcommunity rt Use this feature to set Route Origin community attributes in Route Map. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax set extcommunity rt {as4 ASN4:NN [non-trans] | ASN:NNNN [non- trans] | IPADDR:NN [non-trans]} [additive] To delete the Route Origin community, use the no set extcommunity command. Parameters ASN4:NN Enter the keyword as4 followed by the 4-octet AS specific extended...
Page 472: Set Extcommunity Soo
set extcommunity soo Use this feature to set extended community site-of-origin in Route Map. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax set extcommunity soo {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN [non- trans]} To delete the site-of-origin community, use the no set extcommunity command. Parameters ASN4:NN Enter the keyword as4 followed by the 4-octet AS specific extended...
Page 473: Show Ip Bgp Ipv4 Extcommunity-List
show ip bgp ipv4 extcommunity-list Use this feature to display the IPv4 routes matching the extended community list name. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] extcommunity-list name Parameters multicast Enter the keyword multicast to display the multicast route information.
Page 474: Show Ip Bgp Paths Extcommunity
SoO:38:50529045 SoO:0.0.0.2:33 SoO:506.62106:34 0x0303:254:11223* FTOS# show ip bgp paths extcommunity Use this feature to display all BGP paths having extended community attributes. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 475: Show Running-Config Extcommunity-List
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example FTOS#show ip extcommunity-list test ip extcommunity-list test deny RT:1234:12 permit regexp 123 deny regexp 234 deny regexp 123 FTOS#...
Page 476: Ipv6 Bgp Commands
IPv6 BGP Commands IPv6 border gateway protocol (IPv6 BGP) is supported on the C-Series, E-Series, Z-Series and S4810 platforms. BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between Autonomous Systems (AS). Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically send messages to update those routing tables.
Page 477: Bgp Always-Compare-Med
attribute-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords attribute-map followed by the map-name name of a configured route map to modify attributes of the aggregate, excluding AS_PATH and NEXT_HOP attributes. summary-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords summary-only to advertise only the aggregate address. Specific routes will not be advertised. suppress-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords suppress-map followed by the map-name...
Page 478: Bgp Bestpath As-Path Ignore
Usage Any update without a MED attribute is the least preferred route. Information If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. C-Series, E-Series Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore...
Page 479: Bgp Bestpath Med Missing-As-Best
bgp bestpath med missing-as-best During path selection, indicate preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over those paths with an advertised MED attribute. C-Series, E-Series Syntax bgp bestpath med missing-as-best To return to the default selection, use the no bgp bestpath med missing-as-best command.
Page 480: Bgp Cluster-Id
bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. C-Series, E-Series Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID.
Page 481: Bgp Confederation Peers
Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each Information autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems.
Page 482: Bgp Default Local-Preference
To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased. After the router assigns a Penalty of 1024 to a route, the Penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period expires.
Page 483: Bgp Enforce-First-As
Parameters value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes. When routes are compared, the higher the degree of preference or local preference value, the more the route is preferred. The range is 0 to 4294967295. The default is 100. Defaults Command Modes ROUTER BGP...
Page 484: Bgp Four-Octet-As-Support
To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp fast-external-fallover command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage The bgp fast-external-fallover command appears in the show config Information command output.
Page 485: Bgp Log-Neighbor-Changes
Parameters neighbor Enter the keyword neighbor followed by one of the options listed address | peer- below: group-name • ip-address of the neighbor in IP address format of the neighbor. • peer-group-name of the neighbor peer group. restart-time Enter the keywords restart-time followed by the maximum seconds number of seconds needed to restart and bring up all peers.
Page 486: Bgp Non-Deterministic-Med
bgp non-deterministic-med Compare MEDs of paths from different autonomous systems. C-Series, E-Series Syntax bgp non-deterministic-med To return to the default, use the no bgp non-deterministic-med command. Defaults Disabled (that is, paths/routes for the same destination but from different ASs do not have their MEDs compared).
Page 487: Bgp Regex-Eval-Optz-Disable
Related clear ip bgp Commands bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Disables the Regex Performance engine that optimizes complex regular expression with BGP. C-Series, E-Series Syntax bgp regex-eval-optz-disable To re-enable optimization engine, use the no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 488: Bgp Soft-Reconfig-Backup
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Peering sessions are reset when you change the router ID of a BGP router. Information bgp soft-reconfig-backup only when route-refresh is not negotiated to avoid the peer from resending messages. Use this command C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax...
Page 489: Capture Bgp-Pdu Max-Buffer-Size
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the target BGP neighbor. direction {both | Enter the keyword direction and a direction— either rx for rx | tx} inbound, tx for outbound, or both. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • EXEC •...
Page 490: Clear Ip Bgp * (Asterisk)
clear ip bgp * (asterisk) Reset all BGP sessions in the specified category on the E-Series. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. C-Series, E-Series Syntax clear ip bgp * [ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] | ipv6 unicast soft [in | out] | soft [in | out]] Parameters Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions.
Page 491: Clear Ip Bgp Ipv6-Address
flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to clear all flap statistics belonging to that AS or a specified address family within that AS. ipv4 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 to select options for that address family. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to select options for that address family.
Page 492: Clear Ip Bgp Peer-Group
ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to select options for that address family. unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword unicast to select the unicast option within the selected address family. multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword multicast to select the multicast option within the selected address family. Multicast is supported on IPv4 only soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate...
Page 493: Clear Ip Bgp Ipv6 Flap-Statistics
To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound dampened routes. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound dampened routes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History...
Page 494: Clear Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Soft
$ (dollar sign) matches the end of the output string. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage If you enter clear ip bgp flap-statistics without any parameters, all statistics Information are cleared.
Page 495: Debug Ip Bgp
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. debug ip bgp Allows you to view all information on BGP, including BGP events, keepalives, notifications, and updates. C-Series, E-Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] [in | out] To disable all BGP debugging, use the no debug ip bgp command.
Page 496: Debug Ip Bgp Ipv6 Dampening
debug ip bgp ipv6 dampening View information on IPv6 routes being dampened. C-Series, E-Series Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound dampened routes.
Page 497: Debug Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Soft-Reconfiguration
(OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. Information debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debugging for IPv6 unicast routes.
Page 498: Debug Ip Bgp Keepalives
debug ip bgp keepalives Allows you to view information about BGP keepalive messages. C-Series, E-Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by...
Page 499: Debug Ip Bgp Updates
peer- peer-group (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords peer-group followed by the name group-name of the peer group. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view BGP notifications received from neighbors. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications sent to neighbors. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History...
Page 500: Default-Metric
Usage Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. Information default-metric Allows you to change the metrics of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. C-Series, E-Series Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command.
Page 501: Distance Bgp
Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage CAUTION: Dell Force10 recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of Information internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low.
Page 502: Maximum-Paths
NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Related show ipv6 prefix-list – View the selected IPv6 prefix-list. Commands maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports.
Page 503: Neighbor Advertisement-Interval
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Identify a peer group by name. activate Enter the keyword activate to enable the identified neighbor or peer group in the new AFI/SAFI. Defaults Disabled.
Page 504: Neighbor Allowas-In
Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path. C-Series, E-Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in number To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group- name} allowas-in command.
Page 505: Neighbor Description
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. route-map map- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name name of a configured route map.
Page 506: Neighbor Distribute-List
neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list. C-Series, E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} To delete a neighbor distribution list, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer- group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
Page 507: Neighbor Fall-Over
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of hops as the time to live (ttl) value. The range is 1 to 255. The default is 255. Defaults Disabled.
Page 508: Neighbor Filter-List
neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. C-Series, E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path- name {in | out} To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group- name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
Page 509: Neighbor X:x:x::x Password
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value.
Page 510: Neighbor Next-Hop-Self
Usage The TCP session is authentication and hence prevents the data from being compromised. Information neighbor next-hop-self Allows you to configure the router as the next hop for a BGP neighbor. (This command is used for IBGP). C-Series, E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self To return to the default setting, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer- group-name} next-hop-self command.
Page 511: Neighbor Peer-Group (Creating Group)
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage You can assign up to 64 peers to one peer group. Information When you add a peer to a peer group, it inherits all the peer group’s configured parameters. A peer cannot become part of a peer group if any of the following commands are configured on the peer: •...
Page 512: Neighbor Peer-Group Passive
Usage When a peer group is created, it is disabled (shut mode). Information Related • neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) – assigns routers to a peer group. Commands • neighbor remote-as – assigns an indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. •...
Page 513: Neighbor Remove-Private-As
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group. number Enter a number of the AS. The range is 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.2.1.0...
Page 514: Neighbor Route-Map
neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group. C-Series, E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} route-map map-name {in | out} To remove the route map, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group- name} route-map map-name {in | out} command.
Page 515: Neighbor Send-Community
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. All routers in the peer group receive routes from a route reflector. Defaults Not configured.
Page 516: Neighbor Shutdown
neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group. C-Series, E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} shutdown To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} shutdown command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Page 517: Neighbor Subnet
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPv6 ADDRESS FAMILY (conf-router_bgpv6_af) Command History Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv4 unicast address families. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the specified BGP neighbor. BGP stores all Information updates for inbound IPv6 unicast routes received by the neighbor but does not reset the peer- session.
Page 518: Neighbor Timers
neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. C-Series, E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} timers keepalive holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer- group-name} timers command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
Page 519: Neighbor Update-Source
neighbor update-source Enable the E-Series software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions. C-Series, E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} update-source loopback interface To use the closest interface, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer- group-name} update-source loopback interface command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
Page 520: Network
weight Enter a number as the weight. The range is 0 to 65535. The default is Defaults Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage In the FTOS best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. Information NOTE: Reset the neighbor connection (the clear ip bgp * command) to apply the weight to the connection and recompute the best path.
Page 521: Network Backdoor
Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage The E-Series software resolves the network address configured by the network command Information with the routes in the main routing table to ensure that the networks are reachable via non- BGP routes and non-default routes.
Page 522: Redistribute Isis
static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes. route-map map- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: •...
Page 523: Redistribute Ospf
• internal (default) map- route-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: • match ipv6 address • match ipv6 next-hop • match ipv6 route-source •...
Page 524: Router Bgp
If you do not configure the route map, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage When you enter the redistribute ospf process-id command without any other Information parameters, FTOS redistributes all OSPF internal routes, external type 1 routes, and external type 2 routes.
Page 525: Show Config
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced Related • capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet. Commands • clear ip bgp – specifies a size for the capture buffer. show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show config Command Modes...
Page 526: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Cluster-List
network-mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix format) of the BGP network address. longer-prefixes longer-prefixes to view all routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords with a common prefix. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 527: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Community-List
the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers. no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE. All routes with the NO_ADVERTISE (0xFFFFFF02) community attribute must not be advertised to other BGP peers. no-export Enter the keywords no-export to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT.
Page 528: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Dampened-Paths
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). C-Series, E-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Display BGP internal information for IPv6 Unicast address family.
Page 529: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Filter-List
Usage To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp Information summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. The show ip bgp community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output.
Page 530: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Inconsistent-As
• ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string.
Page 531: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Peer-Group
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros or enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset all prefixes from that neighbor. advertised-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertised-routes to view only the routes the neighbor sent. dampened-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords dampened-routes to view information on dampened routes from the BGP neighbor.
Page 532: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Summary
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Example FTOS#show ip bgp peer-group Peer-group RR-CLIENT, remote AS 18508 BGP version 4 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 5 seconds For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor is RR-CLIENT, peer-group internal, Number of peers in this group 1 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 9000::4: Peer-group RR-CLIENT-PASSIV, remote AS 18508...
Page 533: Show Ip Bgp Next-Hop
Active 9000::5:2 00:16:42 9000::6:2 00:16:39 9000::7:2 00:16:41 9000::8:2 18508 00:16:42 9000::9:2 18508 00:16:41 9000::a:2 18508 00:16:43 9000::b:14 18508 00:13:01 FTOS# show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (via learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths.
Page 534: Show Ip Bgp Paths As-Path
Parameters regular- regexp Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the expression following characters to match: • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences).
Page 535: Show Ip Bgp Paths Extcommunity
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp paths extcommunity View all unique Extended community information in the BGP database. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes •...
Page 536: Show Ipv6 Prefix-List
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ipv6 prefix-list Displays the specified IPv6 prefix list. Z-Series Syntax show ipv6 prefix-list detail {prefix-list name} | summary Parameters detail Display a detailed description of the selected IPv6 prefix list.
Page 537: Ipv6 Mbgp Commands
Defaults • keepalive = 60 seconds • holdtimer = 180 seconds Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Related neighbor timers – adjusts BGP timers for a specific peer or peer group. Commands IPv6 MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables the multicast routing policy throughout the Internet and...
Page 538: Aggregate-Address
aggregate-address Summarize a range of prefixes to minimize the number of entries in the routing table. E-Series Syntax aggregate-address ipv6-address prefix-length [advertise-map map-name] [as-set] [attribute-map map-name] [summary-only] [suppress-map map-name] Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix prefix-length length in the /x format.
Page 539: Bgp Dampening
The summary-only parameter suppresses all advertisements. If you want to suppress advertisements to only specific neighbors, use the neighbor distribute-list command. bgp dampening Enable MBGP route dampening. C-Series, E-Series Syntax bgp dampening [half-life time] [route-map map-name] To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life time] [route-map map-name] command.
Page 540: Clear Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Dampening
peer-group (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords peer-group to clear all members of a peer-group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening Clear information on route dampening. E-Series Syntax clear ip bgp dampening ipv6 unicast [network network-mask] Parameters network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format.
Page 541: Debug Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Dampening
• [ ] (brackets) matches a range of single-character patterns. • ^ (caret) matches the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. •...
Page 542: Debug Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Updates
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast updates View information about BGP updates. E-Series Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast ipv6-address prefix-length updates [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast ipv6-address prefix-length updates [in | out] command.
Page 543: Neighbor Activate
Command History Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage CAUTION: Dell Force10 recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of Information internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low.
Page 544: Neighbor Advertisement-Interval
Related address family ipv4 multicast (MBGP) – changes the context to SAFI. Commands neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} advertisement- interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer- group-name} advertisement-interval command.
Page 545: Neighbor Distribute-List
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. map- route-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History...
Page 546: Neighbor Filter-List2
neighbor filter-list2 Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} filter-list aspath as-path-name {in | out} To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group- name} filter-list aspath as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
Page 547: Neighbor Next-Hop-Self
maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the E-Series software sends a message.
Page 548: Neighbor Remove-Private-As
neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group- name} remove-private-as command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Page 549: Neighbor Route-Reflector-Client
Command History Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of Information the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command.
Page 550: Redistribute
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. map- route-map followed by the name of route-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords name...
Page 551: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast
• match ipv6 next-hop • match ipv6 route-source • set ipv6 next-hop If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage...
Page 552 Field Description Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0::0/0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight.
Page 553: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Cluster-List
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. E-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list [cluster-id] Parameters cluster-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced...
Page 554: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Community-List
Command History Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp Information summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list.
Page 555: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Filter-List
• EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced Example R2_Training#show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Detail information for BGP Node bgpNdP 0x41a17000 : NdTmrP 0x41a17000 : NdKATmrP 0x41a17014 : NdTics 327741 : NhLocAS 1 : NdState 2 : NdRPMPrim 1 : NdListSoc 13 NdAuto 1 : NdEqCost 1 : NdSync 0 : NdDefOrg 0 NdV6ListSoc 14 NdDefDid 0 : NdConfedId 0 : NdMedConfed 0 : NdMedMissVal -1 :...
Page 556: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Flap-Statistics
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [ipv6-address prefix- length] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix prefix-length length in the /x format.
Page 557: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Inconsistent-As
dead:4::/100 5ffe:10::3 00:04:39 dead:4::/100 5ffe:11::3 00:04:39 FTOS# show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as Allows you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. E-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors [ipv6-address prefix-length [advertised-routes | dampened-routes | detail | flap-statistics | routes]] Parameters ipv6-address...
Page 558 Lines Beginning with Description BGP version Displays the BGP version (always version 4) and the remote router BGP state Displays the neighbor’s BGP state and the amount of time in hours:minutes:seconds it has been in that state. Last read This line displays the following information: •...
Page 559 BGP neighbor is 5ffe:10::3, remote AS 1, external link BGP version 4, remote router ID 5.5.5.3 BGP state ESTABLISHED, in this state for 00:00:32 Last read 00:00:32, last write 00:00:32 Hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds Received 1404 messages, 0 in queue 3 opens, 1 notifications, 1394 updates 6 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Sent 48 messages, 0 in queue...
Page 560: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Neighbors
Prefix advertised 0, rejected 0, withdrawn 0 Connections established 3; dropped 2 Last reset 00:00:41, due to Closed by neighbor Notification History 'OPEN error/Bad AS' Sent : 0 Recv: 1 Local host: 5ffe:11::4, Local port: 179 Foreign host: 5ffe:11::3, Foreign port: 36800 Related show ip bgp –...
Page 561: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Peer-Group
Related show ip bgp – view the current BGP routing table. Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group. E-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group [peer-group-name [summary]] Parameters peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about...
Page 562 Field Description network entries Displays the number of network entries and route paths and the amount of memory used to process those entries. BGP path attribute Displays the number of BGP path attributes and the amount of entries memory used to process them. BGP AS-PATH Displays the number of BGP AS_PATH attributes processed and the entries...
Page 563: Show Ipv6 Mbgproutes
Dampening enabled. 0 history paths, 0 dampened paths, 0 penalized paths Neighbor MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down State/Pfx 5ffe:10::3 00:01:01 5ffe:11::3 00:00:55 FTOS# show ipv6 mbgproutes Display the selected IPv6 MBGP route or a summary of all MBGP routes in the table. Z-Series Syntax show ipv6 mbgproutes ipv6-address prefix-length | summary...
Page 565: Bare Metal Provisioning (Bmp)
Bare Metal Provisioning (BMP) Bare metal provisioning (BMP) is supported on the Dell Force10 S55, S60, S4810, and Z-Series platforms. BMP version 1.5 is supported on the S55 and S60 platforms. BMP 3.0 is supported on S4810 and Z-Series platforms.
Page 566: Reload Type
reload type Configure a switch to reload in Normal mode or as a DHCP client in BMP mode with all ports configured for Layer 3 traffic. S4810, Z-Series Syntax reload-type {normal-reload | bmp [config-scr-download {enable | disable}] [dhcp-timeout minutes]| user-defined-string} Parameters normal-reload The switch reloads in Normal mode using the FTOS image and startup...
Page 567: Script Post-Config
If the switch attempts to contact a DHCP server and one is not found, it enters a loop while reloading in BMP mode. Enter the stop bmp command to interrupt the reload and boot up in Normal mode. The startup configuration is then loaded from the local flash on the switch. Use the reload-type command in BMP 3.0 to toggle between Normal and BMP AutoConfiguration modes.
Page 568: Stop Bmp
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.1(0.0) Updated reload type parameters. Version 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced for the S4810. Usage Check the currently configured AutoConfiguration mode (BMP or Normal reload) on a switch Information running BMP 3.0 using the show reload-type command. The show bootvar or show system brief commands can also be used to display the current reload mode for BMP 3.0.
Page 569: Stop Jumpstart
stop jumpstart Stop the switch from reloading in BMP mode to prevent an infinite loop. Z-Series, S4810 Syntax stop jumpstart NOTE: This command has been deprecated. It has been replaced by the disable-bmp command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.1(0.0) Deprecated command.
Page 571: Content Addressable Memory (Cam)
NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. WARNING: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Force10 Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance. For information about contacting Dell Force10 TAC, visit the Dell Force10 website at http:// www.force10networks.com/.
Page 572: Cam-Acl (Configuration)
cam-acl (Configuration) Select the default CAM allocation settings or reconfigure a new CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
Page 573: Cam-Acl (Exec Privilege)
Usage You must save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-mem or copy run Information start) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires three blocks and these cannot be reallocated.
Page 574: Cam-Optimization
cam-optimization Optimize CAM utilization for QoS Entries by minimizing require policy-map CAM space. C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax cam-optimization [qos] Parameters Optimize CAM usage for QoS. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 575 • Enter the keywords unified-default to specify the CAM profile that maintains the CAM allocations for the IPv6 and IPv4 FIB while allocating more CAM space for the Ingress and Egress Layer 2 ACL and IPv4 ACL regions. • Enter the keywords ipv4-vrf to specify the CAM profile that maintains the CAM allocations for the IPv4 FIB while allocating CAM space for VRF.
Page 576: Show Cam-Acl
Version 6.5.1.0 Added the eg-default and ipv4-320k CAM profiles. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage You must save the running configuration using the copy running-config startup- Information config command after changing the CAM profile from CONFIGURATION mode. CAM profile changes take effect after the next chassis reboot.
Page 577: Show Cam-Usage
L2PT IpMacAcl VmanQos VmanDualQos: Ipv4pbr FTOS# Example (Non- FTOS#show cam-acl Default) -- Chassis Cam ACL -- Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl Ipv4Acl Ipv6Acl Ipv4Qos L2Qos L2PT IpMacAcl VmanQos VmanDualQos: Ipv4pbr -- Line card 4 -- Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl Ipv4Acl Ipv6Acl Ipv4Qos...
Page 578 Command History Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example FTOS#show cam-usage Linecard|Portpipe|CAM Partition |Total CAM|Used CAM| AvailableCAM ========|========|==============|=========|========|=========== |IN-L2 ACL 1008 | 320| |IN-L2 FIB 32768 | 1132| 31636 |IN-L3 ACL 12288 | 12286 |IN-L3 FIB 262141 | 262127 |IN-L3-SysFlow | 2878 | 2833 |IN-L3-TrcList |...
Page 579: Show Cam-Profile
|IN-L3-PBR 1024| 1024 |OUT-L3 ACL 16384| 16384 FTOS# Example (switch) FTOS#show cam-usage switch Linecard|Portpipe|CAM Partition|Total CAM|Used CAM | AvailableCAM ========|========|=============|=========|=========|=========== |IN-L2 ACL 7152| 7152 |IN-L2 FIB 32768| 1081 | 31687 |OUT-L2 ACL |IN-L2 ACL 7152| 7152 |IN-L2 FIB 32768| 1081 | 31687 |OUT-L2 ACL FTOS#...
Page 580 redistributes CAM space from the IPv4FIB to IPv4Flow and IPv6FIB. microcode Choose a microcode based on the CAM profile you chose. Not all microcode microcodes are available to be paired with a CAM profile. • Enter the keyword default to select the microcode that distributes CAM space for a typical deployment.
Page 581: Test Cam-Usage
: Current Settings : Next Boot -- Line card 6 -- Profile Name : Default : Default MicroCode Name : Default : Default FTOS# Example FTOS#show cam-profile -- Chassis Cam Profile -- CamSize : 18-Meg : Current Settings : Next Boot Profile Name : DEFAULT : DEFAULT...
Page 582 The range is 0 to 6 for E-Series, 0 to 7 for C-Series, and 0 to 7 for S- Series. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced. Usage This command applies to both IPv4 and IPv6 CAM Profiles, but is best used when verifying QoS Information optimization for IPv6 ACLs.
Page 583 --------------------------------------------------------------- -------- IPv4Flow| 232| 0|Allowed IPv6Flow| 0|Allowed FTOS# FTOS#test cam-usage service-policy input LauraMapTest linecard 2 port-set 1 Linecard|Portpipe|CAM Partition|AvailableCAM|EstimatedCAM per Port|Status --------------------------------------------------------------- ------- IPv4Flow| 232| 0|Allowed IPv6Flow| 0|Allowed FTOS# Usage The following describes the test cam-usage command shown in the Example below. Information Term Explanation...
Page 584: Cam Ipv4Flow Commands
102| 0|Allowed FTOS# CAM IPv4flow Commands IPv4Flow sub-partitions are supported on the E-Series TeraScale platform. The 18-megabit user-configurable CAM is divided into multiple regions such as Layer 2 FIB, Layer 3 FIB, IPv4Flow, IPv4 Ingress ACL The IPv4Flow region is further subdivided into five regions: System Flow, QoS, PBR, Trace-lists, Multicast FIB &...
Page 585: Show Cam-Ipv4Flow
value Enter the keyword pbr followed by the number of entries for the PBR sub-region in 1K increments. The range is 1 to 32 KB. The default is 1 value Enter the keyword qos followed by the number of entries for the QoS sub-region in 1K increments.
Page 586: Cam Layer 2 Acl Commands
-- Line card 2 -- Current Settings Next Boot : 5K 0K Multicast Fib/Acl : 9K 12K : 1K 1K : 8K 8K System Flow : 5K 5K Trace Lists : 1K 1K -- Line card 8 -- Current Settings Next Boot : 5K 0K Multicast Fib/Acl : 9K 12K : 1K 1K...
Page 587: Cam-L2Acl (Configuration)
TeraScale Syntax cam l2acl {chassis all | linecard number} {default | system- flow percentage l2acl percentage pvst percentage qos percentage l2pt percentage frrp percentage} Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.1.0 COMMAND DEPRECATED Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. cam-l2acl (CONFIGURATION) Re-allocate the amount of space, in percentage, for each Layer 2 ACL CAM sub-partition.
Page 588: Show Cam-L2Acl
Usage The PVST sub-partition requires a minimum number of entries when employing PVST+. For the FTOS Configuration Guide . Information E-Series, refer to the “CAM” chapter of the Related show cam-l2acl – displays the percentage of the Layer 2 ACL CAM partition that is allocated to Commands each Layer 2 ACL CAM sub-partition.
Page 589: Control Plane Policing (Copp)
Control Plane Policing (CoPP) The CoPP commands are supported on the Dell Force10 S4810 and Z-Series platforms. control-plane-cpuqos Enter control-plane mode and configure the switch to manage control-plane traffic. Z-Series, S4810 Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1...
Page 590: Service-Policy Rate-Limit-Protocols
Usage You must create a policy-map by associating a queue number with the qos-policy. Information You must create QoS policies prior to enabling this command. For CoPP, the keywords cpu-qos must not be used when creating qos-policy-input. Related qos-policy-input – creates a QoS input policy map. Commands policy-map-input –...
Page 591: Show Cpu-Queue Rate Cp
show cpu-queue rate cp Display the rates for each queue. Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show cpu-queue rate cp Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage This command applies the service-policy based on the type of protocol defined in the ACL Information rules.
Page 592: Show Ipv6 Protocol-Queue-Mapping
Rate(kbps) ---- -------- -------- ------- ----- ------ ----------- TCP (BGP) any/179 179/any UDP (DHCP) 67/68 68/67 Q6/Q5 UDP (DHCP-R) TCP (FTP) ICMP IGMP TCP (MSDP) any/639 639/any UDP (NTP) OSPF UDP (RIP) TCP (SSH) TCP (TELNET) VRRP FTOS# show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured IPv6 protocol.
Page 593: Show Mac Protocol-Queue-Mapping
show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for the MAC protocols. Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example FTOS#show mac protocol-queue-mapping Protocol Destination Mac EtherType Queue EgPort Rate(kbps)
Page 595: Data Center Bridging (Dcb)
(LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
Page 596: Pfc Commands
Related dcb-policy input – applies the input policy with the PFC configuration to an ingress interface. Commands PFC Commands The following PFC commands are supported on the S4810 platform. clear pfc counters Clear the PFC TLV counters and PFC statistics on an interface or stack unit. S4810 Syntax clear pfc counters [port-type slot/port | stack-unit {unit...
Page 597: Dcb-Policy Input
Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage As soon as you apply a DCB policy with PFC enabled on an interface, DCBX starts exchanging Information information with PFC-enabled peers. The IEEE802.1Qbb, CEE, and CIN versions of PFC TLV are supported.
Page 598: Dcb-Policy Input Stack-Unit Stack-Ports All
A DCB input policy for PFC applied to an interface may become invalid if the dot1p-queue mapping is reconfigured. This situation occurs when the new dot1p-queue assignment exceeds the maximum number (2) of lossless queues supported globally on the switch. In this case, all PFC configurations received from PFC-enabled peers are removed and resynchronized with the peer devices.
Page 599: Dcb Stack-Unit Pfc-Buffering Pfc-Port Pfc-Queues
dcb stack-unit pfc-buffering pfc-port pfc-queues Configure the PFC buffer for all port pipes in a specified stack unit by specifying the port-pipe number, number of PFC- enabled ports, and number of configured lossless queues. S4810 Syntax dcb stack-unit stack-unit-id [port-set port-set-id] pfc- buffering pfc-ports {1-64} pfc-queues {1-2} To remove the configuration for the PFC buffer on all port pipes in a specified stack unit, use the no dcb stack-unit stack-unit-id [port-set port-set-id] pfc-...
Page 600: Pfc Link-Delay
Defaults none Command Modes • DCB INPUT POLICY • DCB OUTPUT POLICY Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Related • dcb-input – creates a DCB PFC input policy. Commands •...
Page 601: Pfc No-Drop Queues
Defaults PFC mode is on. Command Modes DCB INPUT POLICY Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage By applying a DCB input policy with PFC enabled, you enable PFC operation on ingress port Information traffic.
Page 602: Pfc Priority
dot1p Value in the Description heading Incoming Frame pfc priority Configure the CoS traffic to be stopped for the specified delay. S4810 Syntax pfc priority priority-range To delete the pfc priority configuration, use the no pfc priority command. Parameters priority-range Enter the 802.1p values of the frames to be paused.
Page 603: Show Dcb
show dcb Displays the data center bridging status, the number of PFC-enabled ports, and the number of PFC-enabled queues. S4810 Syntax show dcb [stack-unit unit-number] [port-set port-set port-set number] Parameters unit number Enter the DCB unit number. The range is 0 to 5. port-set number Enter the port-set number.
Page 604 The following describes the show interface pfc summary command shown in the Example below. Field Description Interface Interface type with stack-unit and port number. Admin mode is on PFC admin mode is on or off with a list of the configured PFC Admin is enabled priorities.
Page 605 Field Description Application Priority Status of FCoE advertisements in application priority TLVs from the TLV: Remote FCOE remote peer port: enabled or disabled. Priority Map Application Priority Status of iSCSI advertisements in application priority TLVs from the TLV: Remote ISCSI remote peer port: enabled or disabled.
Page 606: Show Interface Pfc Statistics
ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Local ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x10 Remote FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Remote ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x8 0 Input TLV pkts, 1 Output TLV pkts, 0 Error pkts, 0 Pause Tx pkts, 0 Pause Rx pkts show interface pfc statistics Displays counters for the PFC frames received and transmitted (by dot1p priority class) on an interface.
Page 607: Show Stack-Unit Stack-Ports Pfc Detail
Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Example FTOS(conf)# show qos dcb-input (Summary) dcb-input pfc-profile pfc link-delay 32 pfc priority 0-1 dcb-input pfc-profile1 no pfc mode on pfc priority 6-7 show stack-unit stack-ports pfc detail Displays the PFC configuration applied to ingress traffic on stacked ports, including PFC Operational mode on each unit with the configured priorities, link delay, and number of pause packets sent and received.
Page 608: Bandwidth-Percentage
bandwidth-percentage Configure the bandwidth percentage allocated to priority traffic in port queues. S4810 Syntax bandwidth-percentage percentage To remove the configured bandwidth percentage, use the no bandwidth-percentage command. Parameters percentage (Optional) Enter the bandwidth percentage. The percentage range is 1 to 100% in units of 1%. Defaults none Command Modes...
Page 609: Clear Ets Counters
clear ets counters Clear all ETS TLV counters on an interface. S4810 Syntax clear ets counters port-type slot/port Parameters port-type Enter the keywords port-type followed by the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
Page 610: Dcb-Output
dcb-output Create a DCB output policy to associate an ETS configuration with priority traffic. S4810 Syntax dcb-output policy-name To remove the ETS output policy globally, use the no dcb output policy-name command. Parameters policy-name Enter the DCB output policy name. The maximum is 32 alphanumeric characters.
Page 611: Dcb-Policy Output Stack-Unit Stack-Ports All
Usage When you apply an ETS output policy to on interface, ETS-configured scheduling and Information bandwidth allocation take precedence over any configured settings in QoS output policies. When you disable DCB, ETS is disabled by default. When you enable DCB, ETS is enabled for all interfaces that have the default ETS configuration applied (all dot1p priorities in the same group with equal bandwidth allocation).
Page 612: Description
description Enter a text description of the DCB policy (PFC input or ETS output). S4810 Syntax description text To remove the text description, use the no description command. Parameters text Enter the description of the output policy. The maximum is 32 characters.
Page 613: Priority-List
service-policy output command), the QoS configuration in the output policy takes precedence. Related • dcb-output – creates a DCB output policy. Commands • dcb-policy output – applies the output policy. priority-list Configure the 802.1p priorities for the traffic on which you want to apply an ETS output policy. S4810 Syntax priority-list value...
Page 614: Priority-Group Qos-Policy
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage A priority group consists of 802.1p priority values that are grouped together for similar Information bandwidth allocation and scheduling, and that share latency and loss requirements. All 802.1p priorities mapped to the same queue must be in the same priority group.
Page 615: Qos-Policy-Output Ets
you configure QoS settings at the interface or global level and in an output policy map (the service-policy output command), the QoS configuration in the output policy takes precedence. Related • dcb-output – creates a DCB output policy. Commands • dcb-policy output –...
Page 616: Set-Pgid
Defaults WERR scheduling is used to queue priority traffic. Command Modes POLICY-MAP-OUT-ETS Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage dot1p priority traffic on the switch is scheduled to the current queue mapping. dot1p priorities Information within the same queue must have the same traffic properties and scheduling method.
Page 617: Show Interface Ets
show interface ets Displays the ETS configuration applied to egress traffic on an interface, including priority groups with priorities and bandwidth allocation. S4810 Syntax show interface port-type slot/port ets {summary | detail} Parameters port-type slot/ Enter the port-type slot and port ETS information. port ets {summary | detail} Enter the keyword summary for a summary list of results or enter the...
Page 618 Field Description Operational status Port state for current operational ETS configuration: (local port) • Init: Local ETS configuration parameters were exchanged with the peer. • Recommend: Remote ETS configuration parameters were received from the peer. • Internally propagated: ETS configuration parameters were received from the configuration source.
Page 619 TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA ------------------------------------------------ 0,1,2 100% 4,5,6,7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Error Reco TLV Pkts...
Page 620 ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Error Reco TLV Pkts FTOS(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0...
Page 621 TLV Pkts 0T LIVnput Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Output Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Error Traffic Class Pkts Example (Detail) FTOS(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : ------------------...
Page 622: Show Qos Dcb-Output
TLV Pkts 0 Input Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Output Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Error Traffic Class Pkts show qos dcb-output Displays the ETS configuration in a DCB output policy. S4810 Syntax show qos dcb-output [ets-profile] Parameters [ets-profile] Enter the ETS profile. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History...
Page 623: Show Stack-Unit Stack-Ports Ets Detail
show stack-unit stack-ports ets detail Displays the ETS configuration applied to egress traffic on stacked ports, including ETS Operational mode on each unit and the configurated priority groups with dot1p priorities, bandwidth allocation, and scheduler type. S4810 Syntax show stack-unit {all | stack-unit} stack-ports {all | port- number} ets detail Parameters stack-unit...
Page 624: Dcbx Commands
DCBX Commands The following DCBX commands are supported on the S4810 platform. advertise dcbx-app-tlv Configure DCBX to send iSCSI TLV advertisements. S4810 Syntax advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi To disable DCBX iSCSI TLV advertisements, use the no advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP...
Page 625: Advertise Dcbx-Tlv
Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage To disable TLV transmission, use the no form of the command; for example, no advertise Information dcbx-appln-tlv iscsi. advertise dcbx-tlv On a DCBX port with a manual role, configure the PFC and ETS TLVs advertised to DCBX peers. S4810 Syntax advertise dcbx-tlv {ets-conf | ets-reco | pfc} [ets-conf | ets-...
Page 626: Dcbx Port-Role
dcbx port-role Configure the DCBX port role the interface uses to exchange DCB information. S4810 Syntax dcbx port-role {config-source | auto-downstream | auto-upstream | manual} To remove DCBX port role, use the no dcbx port-role {config-source | auto- downstream | auto-upstream | manual} command. Parameters config-source | Enter the DCBX port role, where:...
Page 627: Debug Dcbx
Parameters auto | cee | cin | Enter the DCBX version type used on the interface, where: ieee-v2.5 • auto: configures the port to operate using the DCBX version received from a peer. • cee: configures the port to use CDD (Intel 1.01). •...
Page 628: Fcoe Priority-Bits
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. fcoe priority-bits Configure the FCoE priority advertised for the FCoE protocol in application priority TLVs. S4810 Syntax fcoe priority-bits priority-bitmap To remove the configured FCoE priority, use the no fcoe priority-bits command.
Page 629: Show Interface Dcbx Detail
show interface dcbx detail Displays the DCBX configuration on an interface. S4810 Syntax show interface port-type slot/port dcbx detail Parameters port-type Enter the port type. slot/port Enter the slot/port number. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
Page 630 Field Description Local DCBX Status: Highest DCBX version supported in Control TLVs. DCBX Max Version Supported Local DCBX Status: Sequence number transmitted in Control TLVs. Sequence Number Local DCBX Status: Acknowledgement number transmitted in Control TLVs. Acknowledgment Number Local DCBX Status: Current operational state of the DCBX protocol: ACK or IN-SYNC.
Page 631 Port Role is Auto-Upstream DCBX Operational Status is Enabled Is Configuration Source? TRUE Local DCBX Compatibility mode is CEE Local DCBX Configured mode is CEE Peer Operating version is CEE Local DCBX TLVs Transmitted: ErPfi Local DCBX Status ----------------- DCBX Operational Version is 0 DCBX Max Version Supported is 0 Sequence Number: 2 Acknowledgment Number: 2...
Page 633: Debugging And Diagnostics
Debugging and Diagnostics The basic debugging and diagnostic commands are supported by the Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) on the C- Series, E-Series, S-Series, S4810, or Z-9000 platforms as indicated. This chapter contains the following sections: • Offline Diagnostic Commands •...
Page 634: Offline Stack-Unit
automatic partitioning. They perform status/self test for all the components on the board and test their registers for appropriate values. In addition, they perform extensive tests on memory devices (for example, SDRAM, flash, NVRAM, EEPROM, and CPLD) wherever possible. There are no tests on 10G links. At this level, stack ports are shut down automatically.
Page 635: Online Stack-Unit
Usage You cannot enter this command on a Master or Standby unit. Information The system reboots when the off-line diagnostics complete. This is an automatic process. A warning message appears when the offline stack-unit command is implemented. Warning - Diagnostic execution will cause stack-unit to reboot after completion of diags.
Page 636: Buffer Tuning Commands
The following sections detail the buffer tuning commands. WARNING: Altering the buffer allocations is a sensitive operation. Do not use any buffer tuning commands without first contacting the Dell Force10 Technical Assistance Center (TAC). buffer (Buffer Profile) Allocate an amount of dedicated buffer space, dynamic buffer space, or packet pointers to queues 0 to 3.
Page 637: Buffer (Configuration)
• Dynamic Buffer Range: FP: 0 to 2013. CSF: 0 to 131200 (in multiples of 80). • Packet Pointer Range: 0 to 2047. Defaults none Command Modes BUFFER PROFILE Command History Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Related buffer-profile (Configuration) –...
Page 638: Buffer-Profile (Configuration)
profile correctly returns to the default values, but the profile name remains. Remove it from the show buffer-profile [detail | summary] command output by entering no buffer [fp-uplink | csf] linecard port-set buffer-policy from CONFIGURATION mode and no buffer-policy from INTERFACE mode. Related buffer-profile (Configuration) –...
Page 639: Buffer-Profile (Interface)
buffer-profile (Interface) Apply a buffer profile to an interface. C-Series, S-Series Syntax buffer-profile profile-name Parameters profile-name Enter the name of the buffer profile you want to apply to the interface. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Page 640: Show Buffer-Profile Interface
Related buffer-profile (Configuration) – creates a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface. Commands show buffer-profile interface Display the buffer profile that is applied to an interface. C-Series, S-Series Syntax show buffer-profile {detail | summary} interface interface slot/port Parameters detail Display the buffer allocations of a buffer profile.
Page 641: Hardware Commands
Hardware Commands These commands display information from a hardware sub-component or ASIC. clear hardware stack-unit Clear statistics from selected hardware components. S-Series, Z-Series Syntax clear hardware stack-unit 0–7 {counters | unit 0–1 counters | cpu data-plane statistics | cpu party-bus statistics | stack- port 0–52} Parameters stack-unit...
Page 643: Object Missing
Object Missing This object is not available in the repository. hardware watchdog Set the watchdog timer to trigger a reboot and restart the system. S-Series, Z-Series Syntax hardware watchdog Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 644: Show Hardware Layer3
Usage The unit numbers given are internal port numbers. For a cross reference of the internal and Z9000 Debugging and Diagnostics chapter in the FTOS Information user port numbers, refer to the Configuration Guide for the Z9000 System . show hardware layer3 Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe.
Page 645 port raw input/output counter statistics to which the stacking module is connected. cpu i2c statistics Z9000 only: Enter the keywords cpu i2c statistics to display active i2c address statistics. cpu party-bus Enter the keywords cpu party-bus statistics, to display statistics the Management plane input/output counter statistics of the pseudo party bus interface.
Page 646 byte pkts 919 Multicasts, 430 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 325 packets, 27629 bytes, 0 underruns 9 64-byte pkts, 310 over 64-byte pkts, 1 over 127-byte pkts 1 over 255-byte pkts, 2 over 511-byte pkts, 2 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 3 Broadcasts, 322 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions...
Page 647 Ingress MTUExceeds --- MMU Drops --- HOL DROPS TxPurge CellErr Aged Drops --- Egress MAC counters--- Egress FCS Drops --- Egress FORWARD PROCESSOR Drops --- IPv4 L3UC Aged & Drops TTL Threshold Drops INVALID VLAN CNTR Drops L2MC Drops PKT Drops of ANY Conditions : 0 Hg MacUnderflow TX Err PKT Counter : 0 25...
Page 648 0x0060504c ASFPORTSPEED.ge5 = 0x00000000 0x0060604c ASFPORTSPEED.ge6 = 0x00000000 0x0060704c ASFPORTSPEED.ge7 = 0x00000000 0x0060804c ASFPORTSPEED.ge8 = 0x00000000 0x0060904c ASFPORTSPEED.ge9 = 0x00000000 0x0060a04c ASFPORTSPEED.ge10 = 0x00000000 0x0060b04c ASFPORTSPEED.ge11 = 0x00000000 0x0060c04c ASFPORTSPEED.ge12 = 0x00000000 0x0060d04c ASFPORTSPEED.ge13 = 0x00000000 0x0060e04c ASFPORTSPEED.ge14 = 0x00000000 0x0060f04c ASFPORTSPEED.ge15 = 0x00000000 0x0061004c ASFPORTSPEED.ge16 = 0x00000000 0x0061104c ASFPORTSPEED.ge17 = 0x00000000...
Page 649 0x0b70a001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge10 = 0x00000000 !------------------ output truncated ---------------! Example (Details) e10# show hardware stack-unit 0 unit 1 details ****************************************************** The total no of FP & CSF Devices in the Card is 2 The total no of FP Devices in the Card is 2 The total no of CSF Devices in the Card is 0 The number of ports in device 0 is - 24 The number of Hg ports in devices 0 is - 4...
Page 650: Show Hardware System-Flow
----- Buffer Details for Stack-Unit 0 ----- Total Buffers allocated per Stack-Unit 46080 Example (Buffer- FTOS(conf)#sh hardware stack-unit 0 buffer unit 0 port 1 Info) buffer-info ----- Buffer Stats for Unit 0 Port 1 ----- Maximum Shared Limit for the Port: 30720 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Port: 120 Used Packet Buffer for the Port: 0 Example...
Page 651 Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Example FTOS#show hardware system-flow layer2 stack-unit 0 port-set 0 counters ----------------------------------------------------------- EntryId Description #HITS ----------------------------------------------------------- 2048 STP BPDU Redirects 2047 LLDP BPDU Redirects 2045 LACP traffic Redirects 2044 GVRP traffic Redirects 2043...
Page 652 ########### EID 2044: gid=1, slice=15, slice_idx=0x03, prio=0x7fc, flags=0x82, Installed tcam: color_indep=0, higig=0, higig_mask=0, KEY=0x00000000 00000000 00000000 0180c200 00210000 00000000 00000000 , FPF4=0x00 MASK=0x00000000 00000000 00000000 ffffffff ffff0000 00000000 00000000 0x00 action={act=Drop, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CosQCpuNew, param0=7(0x07), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CopyToCpu, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=UpdateCounter, param0=1(0x01), param1=0(0x00)}, meter=NULL, counter={idx=3, mode=0x01, entries=1} ################# FP Entry for redirecting ARP Replies to RSM...
Page 653: Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (Dhcp)
(hosts) based on configuration policies determined by network administrators. The basic DHCP commands are supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, or S4810 platforms. This chapter contains the following sections: •...
Page 654: Debug Ip Dhcp Server
Usage Entering <CR> after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the Information binding table. debug ip dhcp server Display FTOS debugging messages for DHCP. C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax debug ip dhcp server [events | packets] Parameters events Enter the keyword events to display the DHCP state changes.
Page 655: Disable
disable Disable the DHCP server. C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax disable DHCP Server is disabled by default. Enable the system to be a DHCP server using the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 656: Excluded-Address
Defaults none Command Modes DHCP <POOL> Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. excluded-address Prevent the server from leasing an address or range of addresses in the pool. C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax excluded-address [address | low-address high-address]...
Page 657: Host
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. host For manual (rather than automatic) configurations, assign a host to a single-address pool. C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax host address Parameters address/mask Enter the host IP address and subnet mask. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP <POOL>...
Page 658: Netbios-Name-Server
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. netbios-node-type Specify the NetBIOS node type for a Microsoft DHCP client. Dell Force10 recommends specifying clients as hybrid. C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax netbios-node-type type Parameters...
Page 659: Network
network Specify the range of addresses in an address pool. C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax network network /prefix-length Parameters network/ prefix- Specify a range of addresses. Prefix-length range is 17 to 31. length Defaults none Command Modes DHCP <POOL> Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 660: Show Ip Dhcp Configuration
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] Parameters name pool Display the configuration for a DHCP pool. global Display the DHCP configuration for the entire system.
Page 661: Commands To Configure Secure Dhcp
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Commands to Configure Secure DHCP DHCP, as defined by RFC 2131, provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks.
Page 663: Object Missing
Object Missing This object is not available in the repository. arp inspection-trust Specify a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax arp inspection-trust Defaults Disabled Command Modes •...
Page 664: Ip Dhcp Relay
ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, S4810 Syntax ip dhcp relay information-option [remote-id | trust-downstream] Parameters remote-id Configure the system to enable the remote-id string in option-82. trust-downstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router.
Page 665: Ip Dhcp Snooping Binding
ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan-id vlan-id ip ip-address interface type slot/port lease number Parameters address Enter the keyword mac followed by the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address.
Page 666: Ip Dhcp Snooping Database
ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax ip dhcp snooping database write-delay minutes Parameters minutes The range is 5 to 21600. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 667: Ip Dhcp Source-Address-Validation
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable the IP Source Guard. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation [ipmac] Parameters...
Page 668: Ip Dhcp Relay Information-Option
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage When enabled, the system begins creating entries in the binding table for the specified Information VLAN(s).
Page 669: Ip Dhcp Snooping Verify Mac-Address
Command History Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Option 82 is comprised of two sub-options, circuit id and remote id. Remote id Information uses the MAC address of the relay agent which adds Option 82 to identify the host sending the message.
Page 670 Related clear ip dhcp snooping – clears the contents of the DHCP binding table. Commands...
Page 671: Equal Cost Multi-Path (Ecmp)
Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) is supported on the Dell Force10 C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, or S4810 platforms. ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold.
Page 672: Hash-Algorithm
Usage Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the Information ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode. You can also enable on the port- channel configuration using the CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP command mode. hash-algorithm Changes the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across a Port Channel. The ECMP and LAG options are supported on the Z-Series.
Page 673 • xor4: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR4 - Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor4 • xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 - Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor8 • xor16: Use CR16 - 16 bit XOR crc16 | hg { Z-Series only: Enter the keyword hg followed by one of the following...
Page 674 value ip-sa-mask E-Series only: (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip-sa-mask followed by the ECMP/ LAG hash mask value. The range is 0 to FF. The default is FF. ip-da-mask E-Series only: (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywordip-da-mask followed by the ECMP/LAG hash mask value. The range is 0 to FF. The default is FF.
Page 675: Hash-Algorithm D
The different hash algorithms are based on the number of Port Channel members and packet values. The default hash algorithm (number 0) yields the most balanced results in various test scenarios, but if the default algorithm does not provide a satisfactory distribution of traffic, use the hash-algorithm command to designate another algorithm.
Page 676: Hash-Algorithm Ecmp
NOTE: You cannot separate LAG and ECMP, but you can use different algorithms across chassis with the same d. If LAG member ports span multiple port-pipes and line cards, set the d to the same value on each port-pipe to achieve deterministic behavior. NOTE: If the hash algorithm configuration is removed, Hash d does not go to the original factory default setting.
Page 677: Hash-Algorithm Hg
Term heading Description heading When a member leaves or is added to the ECMP group, the hash algorithm is recalculated to balance traffic across the members. Related Commands load-balance (C-Series and S-Series) hash-algorithm hg Change the hash algorithm to distribute traffic flows across different internal HiGig links. Z-Series Syntax hash-algorithm hg {crc16 | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16 |...
Page 678: Hash-Algorithm Hg-Seed
hash-algorithm hg-seed Select the seed value to be used in HiGig hashing. Z-Series Syntax [no] hash-algorithm hg-seed number | stack-unit unit number port-set port-pipe Parameters hg-seed number Enter the keywords hg-seed followed by the hash algorithm seed value. The range is 0 to 2147483646. unit stack-unit Enter the keywords stack-unit followed by the stack unit number.
Page 679: Ip Ecmp-Deterministic
Usage Deterministic ECMP sorts ECMPs in order even though RTM provides them in a random order. Information However, the hash algorithm uses as a seed the lower 12 bits of the chassis MAC, which yields a different hash result for every chassis. This means that for a given flow, even though the prefixes are sorted, two unrelated chassis will select different hops.
Page 680: Ip Ecmp-Group
ip ecmp-group Enable and specify the maximum number of ecmp that the L3 CAM hold for a route, By default, when maximum paths are not configured, the CAM can hold a maximum of 16 ecmp per route. Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip ecmp-group {maximum-paths | {number} {path-fallback} To negate a command, use the no ip ecmp-group maximum-paths {number} command.
Page 681: Link-Bundle-Distribution Trigger-Threshold
arranged. This implementation ensures that every chassis having the same prefixes orders the ECMPs the same. With eight or less ECMPs, the ordering is lexicographic and deterministic. With more than eight ECMPs, ordering is deterministic but is not lexicographic. After enabling IPv6 Deterministic ECMP, traffic loss occurs for a few milliseconds while FTOS sorts the CAM entries.
Page 682: Show Config
Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. show config Display the ECMP configuration. S4810 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ECMP-GROUP Command History Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Related show running-config ecmp-group – displays interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being Commands monitored for uneven traffic distribution.
Page 683: Fips Cryptography
FIPS Cryptography The following commands are used to configure Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) Cryptography on the S4810 and Z-Series platforms. FIPS • fips mode enable • show fips status • show ip ssh • fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. Z-Series, S4810 Syntax [no] fips mode enable...
Page 684: Show Fips Status
show fips status Displays the status of the FIPS mode. Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show fips status Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Example FTOS #show fips status FIPS Mode: Enabled FTOS# Command History Version 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 685: Ssh
FTOS supports both inbound and outbound SSH sessions using IPv4 or IPv6 addressing. Inbound SSH supports accessing the system through the management interface as well as through a physical Layer 3 interface. NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Force10 representative. Z-Series, S4810 Syntax...
Page 686 With the FIPS mode enabled: • aes128–cbc: Force ssh to use the aes128–cbc encryption cipher. • aes256–cbc: Force ssh to use the aes256–cbc encryption cipher. -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword —l followed by the user name used in this SSH session. Default: The user name of the user associated with the terminal.
Page 687 Example If FIPS mode is not enabled: FTOS #ssh 10.11.8.12 ? Encryption cipher to use (for v2 client User name option HMAC algorithm to use (for v2 clients only) SSH server port option (default 22) SSH protocol version <cr> FTOS#ssh 10.11.8.12 -c ? 3des-cbc Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher FTOS #ssh 10.11.8.12 -m ?
Page 689: Fip Snooping
FIP Snooping The following Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) commands are used to configure and verify the FIP snooping feature on the S4810 and MXL Switch platforms. In a converged Ethernet network, an MXL switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on Fibre Channel over Ethernet initialization protocol (FIP) packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
Page 690: Clear Fip-Snooping Statistics
clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. S4810 and MXL Switch Syntax clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type port/slot | interface port-channel port- channel-number] Parameters vlan-id...
Page 691: Feature Fip-Snooping
Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. feature fip-snooping Enable the FIP snooping feature on a switch. S4810 and MXL Switch Syntax feature fip-snooping To disable the FIP snooping feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION...
Page 692: Fip-Snooping Fc-Map
fip-snooping fc-map Configure the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses on all VLANs. S4810 and MXL Switch Syntax fip-snooping fc-map fc-map-value To remove the configured FM-MAP value, use the no fip-snooping fc-map command. Parameters fc-map-value Enter the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses. The range is 0EFC00 to 0EFCFF.
Page 693: Fip-Snooping Port-Mode Fcoe-Trusted
fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted Configure the port for bridge-to-bridge links. S4810 and MXL Switch Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted To remove the bridge-to-bridge link configuration from the port, use the no fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 694: Show Fip-Snooping Enode
show fip-snooping enode Display information on the ENodes in FIP-snooped sessions, including the ENode interface and MAC address, FCF MAC address, VLAN ID and FC-ID. S4810 and MXL Switch Syntax show fip-snooping enode [enode-mac-address] Parameters enode-mac- Enter the MAC address of the ENodes to be displayed. address Command Modes •...
Page 695: Show Fip-Snooping Sessions
Parameters fcf-mac-address Enter the MAC address of the FCF to be displayed. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage The following describes the show fip-snooping fcf command shown in the Example Information below.
Page 696: Show Fip-Snooping Statistics
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage The following describes the show fip-snooping sessions command shown in the Information Example below. Field Description ENode MAC...
Page 697 Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics displays. port-type port/ Enter the port-type and slot number of the FIP packet statistics slot displays. port-channel- Enter the port channel number of the FIP packet statistics displays. number Command Modes •...
Page 698 Field Description Number of FLOGI Number of FIP FLOGI accept frames received on the interface. Accepts Number of FLOGI Number of FIP FLOGI reject frames received on the interface. Rejects Number of FDISC Number of FIP FDISC accept frames received on the interface. Accepts Number of FDISC Number of FIP FDISC reject frames received on the interface.
Page 699: Show Fip-Snooping System
Number of FLOGI Number of FDISC Number of FLOGO Number of Enode Keep Alive :4416 Number of VN Port Keep Alive :3136 Number of Multicast Discovery Advertisement :0 Number of Unicast Discovery Advertisement :0 Number of FLOGI Accepts Number of FLOGI Rejects Number of FDISC Accepts Number of FDISC Rejects Number of FLOGO Accepts...
Page 700: Show Fip-Snooping Vlan
Display the FIPs status on the platform. S4810 and MXL Switch Syntax show fips status NOTE: You must have a license to access this command. For more information, contact your Dell Force10 representative. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC...
Page 701 Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
Page 703: Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (Frrp)
Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) is supported on Dell Force10 platforms, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: E-Series, C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, or S4810. FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the Spanning Tree Protocol.
Page 704: Debug Frrp
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics Information counters on all the available rings. FTOS requires a command line confirmation before the command executes. This commands clears the following counters: • hello Rx and Tx counters •...
Page 705: Description
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Because the resilient ring protocol can potentially transmit 20 packets per interface, you must Information restrict debug information. description Enter an identifying description of the ring.
Page 706: Interface
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. interface Configure the primary, secondary, and control-vlan interfaces. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} To return to the default, use the no interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} command.
Page 707 Fast Ethernet enter the keyword FastEthernet interface: followed by the slot/port information 1-Gigabit enter the keywordGigabitEthernet Ethernet followed by the slot/port information interface: Port Channel enter the keywordport-channel interface: followed by a number: • C-Series and S-Series Range: 1-128 • E-Series Range: 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale SONET interface:...
Page 708: Member-Vlan
member-vlan Specify the member VLAN identification numbers. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax member-vlan {vlan-range} To return to the default, use the no member-vlan [vlan-range] command. Parameters vlan-range Enter the member VLANs using VLAN IDs (separated by commas), a range of VLAN IDs (separated by a hyphen), a single VLAN ID, or a combination.
Page 709: Protocol Frrp
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command. Parameters ring-id Enter the ring identification number. Range: 1 to 255. Defaults none Command Modes...
Page 710 Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics Information counters on all the available rings. FTOS requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
Page 711: Timer
timer Set the hello interval or dead interval for the Ring control packets. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax timer {hello-interval milliseconds}| {dead-interval milliseconds} To remove the timer, use the no timer {hello-interval [milliseconds]}| {dead-interval milliseconds} command. Parameters hello-interval Enter the keyword hello-interval followed by the time, in milliseconds milliseconds, to set the hello interval of the control packets.
Page 713: Garp Vlan Registration (Gvrp)
GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The basic GVRP commands are supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, and S4810 platforms. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes.
Page 714: Clear Gvrp Statistics
simply rely on GVRP for VLAN updates. But if the local bridge needs to know only how to reach a given VLAN, then GVRP provides all necessary information. • The VLAN topologies that GVRP learns are treated differently from VLANs that are statically configured. The GVRP dynamic updates are not saved in NVRAM, while static updates are saved in NVRAM.
Page 715: Debug Gvrp
debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration.
Page 716: Disable
disable Globally disable GVRP. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax disable To re-enable GVRP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Related gvrp enable...
Page 717: Gvrp Enable
NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100. Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Usage • Join Timer—Join messages announce the willingness to register some attributes Information with other participants.
Page 718: Gvrp Registration
gvrp registration Configure the GVRP register type. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax gvrp registration {fixed | normal | forbidden} To return to the default, use the gvrp register normal command. Parameters fixed Enter the keyword fixed followed by the VLAN range in a comma separated VLAN ID set.
Page 719: Protocol Gvrp
protocol gvrp Access GVRP protocol — (config-gvrp)#. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax protocol gvrp Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Related disable – globally disables GVRP. Commands show config Display the global GVRP configuration.
Page 720: Show Gvrp
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Example FTOS#show garp timers GARP Timers Value (milliseconds) ---------------------------------------- Join Timer Leave Timer LeaveAll Timer...
Page 721: Show Gvrp Statistics
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Usage If no ports are GVRP participants, the message output changes from GVRP Participants Information running on <port_list>...
Page 722 • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. summary Enter the keyword summary to display just a summary of the GVRP statistics.
Page 723 Related show gvrp – displays the GVRP configuration. Commands...
Page 725: High Availability (Ha)
High Availability (HA) High availability (HA) in the Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) is configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a route processor module (RPM) failure. The feature is available on the C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, and S4810 platforms. High availability is supported on the S-Series S4810 with FTOS version 8.3.12.0 and on the E-Series ExaScale with FTOS version 8.1.1.0 and later.
Page 726: Process Restartable
process restartable Enable a process to be restarted. Restartability is subject to a maximum restart limit. This limit is defined as a configured number of restarts within a configured amount of time. On the software exception that exceeds the limit, the system reloads (for systems with a single RPM) or fails over (for systems with dual RPMs).
Page 727: Redundancy Disable-Auto-Reboot
minutes period Enter a duration in which to allow a number of automatic failovers (limited to the number defined in the count parameter). The range is 5 to 9000 minutes. The default is 60 minutes. Default • Count: 3 • Period: 60 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION...
Page 728: Redundancy Force-Failover
Usage Enabling this command keeps the failed RPM in the failed state. If there are two RPMs in the Information system, enabling this command prevents the failed RPM from becoming a working Standby RPM. If there is only one RPM in the system, the failed RPM does not recover and affects the system.
Page 729: Redundancy Primary
warm]:hitless Proceed with warm upgrade [confirm yes/no]: Example (sfm) FTOS#redundancy force-failover sfm 0 %TSM-6-SFM_FAILOVER: Standby switch to SFM 8 Standby switch to SFM 0 FTOS# redundancy primary Set an RPM as the primary RPM. C-Series, E-Series, S4810 Syntax redundancy primary [rpm0 | rpm1] To delete a configuration, use the no redundancy primary command.
Page 730: Redundancy Reset-Counter
Parameters lacp Enter the keyword lacp to make LACP hitless. xstp Enter the keyword xstp to invoke hitless STP (all STP modes — MSTP, PVST+, RSTP, and STP). NOTE: On the C-Series, hitless STP is available only for MSTP, PVST+, and RSTP. Default Disabled Command Modes...
Page 731: Redundancy Sfm Standby
redundancy sfm standby Place the SFM in an offline state. C-Series, S4810 Syntax redundancy sfm standby To place the SFM in an online state, use the no redundancy sfm standby command. Default The SFM is online by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.12.0...
Page 732: Redundancy Synchronize
active active Related • show sfm – displays the SFM status. Commands • show switch links – displays the switch fabric backplane or internal status. redundancy synchronize Manually synchronize data once between the Primary RPM and the Secondary RPM. C-Series, E-Series, S4810 Syntax redundancy synchronize [full | persistent-data | system-data] Parameters...
Page 733: Show Processes Restartable
Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related patch flash://RUNTIME_PATCH_DIR – inserts an In-Service Modular Hot-Fix patch. Commands show processes restartable Display the processes and tasks configured for restartability. E-Series, S4810 Syntax show processes restartable [history] Parameters history Display the last time the restartable processes crashed.
Page 734: Show Redundancy
show redundancy Display the current redundancy configuration. C-Series, E-Series, S4810 Syntax show redundancy Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 735 Field Description • RPM failover counter (to reset the counter, use the redundancy reset-counter command) • the time and date of the last RPM failover • the reason for the last RPM failover Last Data Sync Displays the data sync information and the timestamp for the data Record sync: •...
Page 737: Icmp Message Types
ICMP Message Types This chapter lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. ICMP Messages and Their Definitions.\ Symbol Type...
Page 738 Symbol Type Code Description Query Error redirect for host redirect for type-of-service and network redirect for type-of-service and host echo request router advertisement router solicitation & time exceeded: time-to-live equals 0 during transit time-to-live equals 0 during reassembly parameter problem: IP header bad (catchall error) required option missing timestamp request...
Page 739: Internet Group Management Protocol (Igmp)
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) The IGMP commands are supported by the Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) on the E-Series, C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, and S4810 platforms. This chapter contains the following sections: • IGMP Commands • IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands FTOS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376.
Page 740: Debug Ip Igmp
• For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. Command Modes EXEC Command History...
Page 741: Ip Igmp Access-Group
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command only non-VLAN interfaces—specifying VLAN does not yield results. Usage IGMP commands accept Information...
Page 742: Ip Igmp Immediate-Leave
Parameters number Enter the number of IGMP groups permitted to join in a second. The range is 1 to 10000. Defaults none interface-slot/port ) Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if- Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Page 743: Ip Igmp Last-Member-Query-Interval
ip igmp last-member-query-interval Change the last member query interval, which is the Max Response Time inserted into Group-Specific Queries sent in response to Leave Group messages. This interval is also the interval between Group-Specific Query messages. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip igmp last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp last-member-query-interval...
Page 744: Ip Igmp Query-Interval
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. E-Series legacy command.
Page 745: Ip Igmp Ssm-Map
Defaults 10 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier.
Page 746: Ip Igmp Static-Group
ip igmp static-group Configure an IGMP static group. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} To delete a static address, use the no ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} command. Parameters group address Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
Page 747: Ip Igmp Version
ip igmp version Manually set the version of the router to IGMPv2 or IGMPv3. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip igmp version {2 | 3} Parameters Enter the number 2 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv2. Enter the number 3 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv3. Defaults 2 (that is, IGMPv2) Command Modes...
Page 748 • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094.
Page 749: Show Ip Igmp Interface
Member Ports: Po 2 225.0.0.2 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 Member Ports: Po 2 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 Member Ports: Po 2 225.0.0.4 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 Member Ports: Po 2 Example (VLT) NOTE: The asterisk (*) after the port channel number (Po 2) highlighted in the Example below indicates the port channel is VLT, that the local VLT port channel is down and the remote VLT port is up.
Page 750: Show Ip Igmp Ssm-Map
• For a VLAN interface enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 751: Igmp Snooping Commands
– Uses a statically configured list to translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) Commands memberships. IGMP Snooping Commands FTOS supports IGMP Snooping version 2 and 3 on all Dell Force10 systems. Important Points to Remember for IGMP Snooping • FTOS supports version 1, version 2, and version 3 hosts.
Page 752: Ip Igmp Snooping Enable
If the IP SA of the incoming IGMP general query is higher than the VLAN IP address, the switch continues to work as an IGMP snooping Querier. ip igmp snooping enable Enable IGMP snooping on all or a single VLAN. This is the master on/off switch to enable IGMP snooping. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip igmp snooping enable...
Page 753: Ip Igmp Snooping Flood
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command. Usage Queriers normally send a certain number of queries when a leave message is received prior to Information deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require a fast deletion of a group.
Page 754: Ip Igmp Snooping Last-Member-Query-Interval
ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval The last member query interval is the maximum response time inserted into Group-Specific queries sent in response to Group-Leave messages. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp snooping last-member-query- interval command.
Page 755: Ip Igmp Snooping Querier
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel followed by a number. For the C-Series and S- Series, the range is 1 to 128. For the E-Series, the range is 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
Page 756: Show Ip Igmp Snooping Mrouter
need to be routed. You must assign an IP address to the VLAN interface for the switch to act as a querier for this VLAN. show ip igmp snooping mrouter Display multicast router interfaces. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show ip igmp snooping mrouter [vlan number] Parameters number...
Page 757: Interfaces
Interfaces The commands in this chapter are supported by Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) on the E-Series, C-Series, S- Series, S4810, or Z-Series platforms. Although all interfaces are supported on E-Series ExaScale, some interface functionality is supported on E-Series ExaScale with FTOS 8.2.1.0 and later. When this is the case, it is noted in the Command History section.
Page 758 • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094.
Page 759: Clear Dampening
clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax clear dampening [interface] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number to clear counters from a specified interface: •...
Page 760: Cx4-Cable-Length
cx4-cable-length Configure the length of the cable to be connected to the selected CX4 port. S-Series Syntax [no] cx4-cable-length {long | medium | short} Parameters long | medium | Enter the keyword that matches the cable length to be used at the short selected port: •...
Page 761: Dampening
shutdown FTOS(conf-if-0/52)#exit FTOS(config)# Related show config – displays the configuration of the selected interface. Commands dampening Configure dampening on an interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppress- threshold]] [max-suppress-time]] Parameters half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased. The penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period expires.
Page 762: Description
NOTE: You cannot apply dampening on an interface that is monitoring traffic for other interfaces. Example FTOS(conf-if-gi-3/2)#dampening 20 800 4500 120 FTOS(conf-if-gi-3/2)# Related clear dampening – clears the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified Commands interface. show interfaces dampening –...
Page 763: Disable-On-Sfm-Failure
disable-on-sfm-failure Disable select ports on E300 systems when a single switch fabric modules (SFM) is available. E-Series Syntax disable-on-sfm-failure To delete a description, use the no disable-on-sfm-failure command. Defaults Port is not disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E300 systems only.
Page 764: Duplex (10/100 Interfaces)
Usage This command applies only to the Management interface on the route processor modules Information (RPMs). Related interface ManagementEthernet – configures the Management port on the system (either the Commands Primary or Standby RPM). duplex (Management) – sets the mode of the Management interface. management route –...
Page 765: Flowcontrol
flowcontrol Control how the system responds to and generates 802.3x pause frames on 1Gig and 10Gig line cards. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax flowcontrol rx {off | on} tx {off | on} threshold {<1-2047> <1-2013> <1-2013>} NOTE: The threshold keyword is supported on the C-Series and S-Series only. Parameters rx on Enter the keywords rx on to process the received flow control...
Page 766 On the C-Series and S-Series systems, the flow-control sender and receiver must be on the same port-pipe. Flow control is not supported across different port-pipes on the C-Series or S-Series system. NOTE: If you disable rx flow control, Dell Force10 recommends rebooting the system.
Page 767 Example (Values) This Example shows how FTOS negotiates the flow control values between two Dell Force10 chassis connected back-to-back using 1G copper ports. Configured LocRxConf LocTxConf RemoteRxConf RemoteTxConf LocNegRx LocNegTx RemNegRx RemNegTx...
Page 768: Interface
interface Configure a physical interface on the switch. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax interface interface Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. •...
Page 769: Interface Loopback
show interfaces – displays the interface configuration. interface loopback Configure a Loopback interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax interface loopback number To remove a loopback interface, use the no interface loopback number command. Parameters number Enter a number as the interface number. The range is 0 to 16383. Defaults Not configured.
Page 770: Interface Null
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage You cannot delete a Management port. Information The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). Use the ip address command to assign an IP address to the Management port.
Page 771: Interface Range
Related interface – configures a physical interface. Commands interface loopback – configures a Loopback interface. interface port-channel – configures a port channel. interface vlan – configures a VLAN. ip unreachables – enables generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. interface range This command permits configuration of a range of interfaces to which subsequent commands are applied (bulk configuration).
Page 772 Version 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Usage When creating an interface range, interfaces appear in the order they are entered;...
Page 773: Interface Range Macro (Define)
Example (Single This example shows a single range bulk configuration. Range) FTOS(config)# interface range gigabitethernet 5/1 - 23 FTOS(config-if-range)# no shutdown FTOS(config-if-range)# Example (Multiple This example shows how to use commas to add different interface types to the range enabling Range) all Gigabit Ethernet interfaces in the range 5/1 to 5/23 and both Ten Gigabit Ethernet interfaces 1/1 and 1/2.
Page 774 • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel followed by a number. For the C-Series and S- Series, the range is 1 to 128. For the E-Series, the range is 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale. •...
Page 775: Interface Range Macro Name
interface range macro name Run the interface-range macro to automatically configure the pre-defined range of interfaces. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax interface range macro name Parameters name Enter the name of an existing macro. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 776: Ipg (Gigabit Ethernet Interfaces)
Command History Version 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810; added support for OpenFlow. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage For more information about VLANs and the commands to configure them, refer to the Virtual Information LAN (VLAN) Commands section of the Layer 2 chapter.
Page 777: Ipg (10 Gigabit Ethernet Interfaces)
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale. pre-Version Introduced for E-Series 6.1.1.0 Usage For 1-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces only. Information NOTE: This command is an EtherScale-only command. ipg (10 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces) Set the inter-packet gap for traffic on 10–Gigabit Ethernet interface. E-Series Syntax ipg {ieee-802.3ae | shrink}...
Page 778: Lfs Enable (Etherscale)
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Usage When you configure keepalive, the system sends a self-addressed packet out of the...
Page 779: Monitor Interface
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Changes do not affect any ongoing debounces. The timer changes take affect from the next Information debounce onward. monitor interface Monitor counters on a single interface or all interfaces on a line card. The screen is refreshed every five seconds and the CLI prompt disappears.
Page 780 pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.0 Usage In the Example, the delta column displays changes since the last screen refresh. Information The following are the monitor command menu options. Description systest-3 Displays the host name assigned to the system. monitor time Displays the amount of time since the monitor interface command was entered.
Page 781: Mtu
Output underruns: 0 pps Output throttles: 0 pps m - Change mode c - Clear screen l - Page up a - Page down T - Increase refresh interval t - Decrease refresh interval q - Quit Example (All systest-3 Monitor time: 00:01:31 Refresh Intvl.: 2s Time: Interfaces) 03:54:14 Interface...
Page 782 Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.0 Usage If the packet includes a Layer 2 header, the difference between the link MTU and IP MTU (ip Information mtu command) must be enough bytes to include the Layer 2 header: •...
Page 783: Negotiation Auto
negotiation auto Enable auto-negotiation on an interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax negotiation auto To disable auto-negotiation, use the no negotiation auto command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 784 Example (Master/ FTOS(conf)# int gi 0/0 Slave) FTOS(conf-if)#neg auto FTOS(conf-if-autoneg)# ? Exit from configuration mode exit Exit from autoneg configuration mode mode Specify autoneg mode Negate a command or set its defaults show Show autoneg configuration information FTOS(conf-if-autoneg)#mode ? forced-master Force port to master mode forced-slave Force port to slave mode FTOS(conf-if-autoneg)#...
Page 785: Portmode Hybrid
* You cannot disable auto-negotiation when the speed is set to 1000 or auto. Related speed (for 10/100/1000 interfaces) – sets the link speed to 10, 100, 1000 or auto-negotiate the Commands speed. portmode hybrid Set a physical port or port-channel to accept both tagged and untagged frames. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays.
Page 786: Rate-Interval
FTOS(conf-if-vl-10)#untagged gi 7/0 FTOS(conf-if-vl-10)#interface vlan 20 FTOS(conf-if-vl-20)#tagged gi 7/0 FTOS(conf-if-vl-20)# Example FTOS(conf-if-vl-20)#do show interfaces switchport Name: GigabitEthernet 7/0 802.1QTagged: Hybrid Vlan membership: Vlan Vlan 20 Native VlanId: 10 FTOS(conf-if-vl-20)# Example (Vlan) FTOS(conf-if-vl-20)#interface vlan 10 FTOS(conf-if-vl-10)#no untagged gi 7/0 FTOS(conf-if-vl-10)#interface vlan 20 FTOS(conf-if-vl-20)#no tagged gi 7/0 FTOS(conf-if-vl-20)#interface gi 7/0 FTOS(conf-if-gi-7/0)#no portmode hybrid...
Page 787: Show Config
Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced Usage The output of the show interfaces command displays the configured rate interval, along Information with the collected traffic data. Related show interfaces – displays information on physical and virtual interfaces. Commands show config Display the interface configuration. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show config...
Page 788: Show Interfaces
Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example FTOS(conf)#interface range gigabitethernet 1/1 - 2 FTOS(conf-if-range-gi-1/1-2)#show config interface GigabitEthernet 1/1 no ip address switchport no shutdown interface GigabitEthernet 1/2 no ip address switchport no shutdown FTOS(conf-if-range-gi-1/1-2)# show interfaces Display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show interfaces interface...
Page 789 On the S4810, the show interface output displays incorrect rate information details over time for link monitoring when the rate-interval is configured for 5 seconds. Dell Force10 recommends using higher rate-intervals such as 15 to 299 seconds to minimize the errors seen.
Page 790 Unknown, Non-qualified— if wavelength is reading error, and F10 ID is not present Dell Force10 allows unsupported SFP and XFP transceivers to be used, but FTOS might not be able to retrieve some data about them. In that case, typically when the output of this field is “Pluggable media present, Media type is unknown”, the Medium and the...
Page 791 Line Description – CRC = packets with CRC/FCS errors – overrun = number of packets discarded due to FIFO overrun conditions – discarded = the sum of runts, giants, CRC, and overrun packets discarded without any processing Output Statistics: Displays output statistics sent out of the interface including: •...
Page 792 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate...
Page 793 Rate info (interval 30 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Time since last interface status change: 00:12:14 FTOS# Example (1G SFP) FTOS#show interfaces gigabitethernet 2/0 GigabitEthernet 2/0 is up, line protocol is down Hardware is Force10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:41:77:95 Current address is 00:01:e8:41:77:95 Pluggable media present, SFP type is 1000BASE-SX...
Page 794 Global IPv6 address: 2222::5/64 Virtual-IP is not set Virtual-IP IPv6 address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 10 Mbit, Mode half duplex ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 04:01:08 Queueing strategy: fifo Input 943 packets, 78347 bytes, 190 multicast Received 0 errors, 0 discarded...
Page 795: Show Interfaces Configured
Time since last interface status change: 00:05:12 Related show interfaces configured – displays any interface with a non-default configuration. Commands show interfaces linecard – displays information on all interfaces on a specific line card. show interfaces phy show interfaces rate –...
Page 796: Show Interfaces Dampening
10 packets, 10000 bytes 0 Vlans 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 10 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023- byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 1 packets, 64 bytes, 0 underruns...
Page 797: Show Interfaces Debounce
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Example...
Page 798: Show Interfaces Description
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related show interfaces – displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. Commands show interfaces description Display the descriptions configured on the interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax show interfaces [interface] description Parameters interface (Optional) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information:...
Page 799 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.1 Usage The following describes the show interfaces description command shown in the Information Example below. Field Description Interface Displays the type of interface and associated slot and port number. Indicates if the hardware is functioning properly.
Page 800: Show Interfaces Linecard
The Example below shows a line card that has an XFP interface. The type, medium, Information wavelength, and receive power details are displayed. When a device that is not certified by Dell Force10 is inserted, it might work, but its details might not be readable by FTOS and not displayed here. Example...
Page 801: Show Interfaces Phy
show interfaces phy Display auto-negotiation and link partner information. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show interfaces gigabitethernet slot/port phy Parameters gigabitethernet Enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 802 • 0 - Manual MDI • 1 - Manual MDIX • 2 - N/A • 3 - Auto MDI/MDIX Phy Specific Displays PHY-specific status information. Cable length represents a Status rough estimate in meters: • 0 - < 50 meters •...
Page 803: Show Interfaces Stack-Unit
show interfaces stack-unit Display information on all interfaces on a specific S-Series or Z-Series stack member. S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show interfaces stack-unit unit-number Parameters unit-number Enter the stack member number (0 to 7). Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 804: Show Interfaces Status
show interfaces status Display a summary of interface information or specify a line card slot and interface to display status information on that specific interface only. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show interfaces [interface | linecard slot-number] status Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: •...
Page 805: Show Interfaces Switchport
Gi 0/9 Down Auto Auto Gi 0/10 Down Auto Auto Gi 0/11 Down Auto Auto Gi 0/12 Down Auto Auto Gi 0/13 Down Auto Auto Gi 0/14 Down Auto Auto Gi 0/15 Down Auto Auto FTOS# Related show interfaces – displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. Commands show interfaces switchport Display only virtual and physical interfaces in Layer 2 mode.
Page 806 Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for hybrid port/native VLAN, introduced on the S- Series.
Page 807: Show Interfaces Transceiver
show interfaces transceiver – displays the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver. The output also displays the transceiver’s serial number. show interfaces transceiver Display the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver. The output also displays the transceiver’s serial number.
Page 808 Line Description Bias High Alarm Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. threshold TX Power High Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Alarm threshold RX Power High Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Alarm threshold Temp Low Alarm Factory-defined setting.
Page 809 Line Description Voltage Current voltage of the sfps. If this voltage crosses voltage high alarm/warning thresholds, the voltage high alarm/warning flag is set to true. Tx Bias Current Present Tx bias current of the SFP. If this crosses bias high alarm/ warning thresholds, the tx bias high alarm/warning flag is set to true.
Page 810 Line Description Voltage Low Alarm This can be either true or false, depending on the Current voltage Flag value displayed above. Tx Bias Low Alarm This can be either true or false, depending on the Tx bias current Flag value displayed above. Tx Power Low Alarm This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power Flag...
Page 811 SFP 0 Laser Wavelength = 850 nm SFP 0 CheckCodeBase = 0x66 SFP 0 Serial Extended ID fields SFP 0 Options = 0x00 0x12 SFP 0 BR max= 0 SFP 0 BR min= 0 SFP 0 Vendor SN= P5N1ACE SFP 0 Datecode = 040528 SFP 0 CheckCodeExt = 0x5b...
Page 812: Show Range
show ip interface – displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces. show interfaces – displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show inventory (C-Series and E-Series) – displays the chassis type, components (including media), FTOS version including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols. show inventory (S-Series) –...
Page 813: Shutdown
Related ecmp-group – configures a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution. Commands shutdown Disable an interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax shutdown To activate an interface, use the no shutdown command. Defaults The interface is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 814: Speed (For 10/100/1000 Interfaces)
speed (for 10/100/1000 interfaces) Set the speed for 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces. Both sides of a link must be set to the same speed (10/100/1000) or to auto or the link may not come up. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax speed {10 | 100 | 1000 | auto} To return to the default setting, use the no speed {10 | 100 | 1000} command.
Page 815: Speed (Management Interface)
When you configure a speed for the 10/100/1000 interface, you should confirm the negotiation auto command setting. Both sides of the link must have auto-negotiation either enabled or disabled. For speed settings of 1000 or auto, the software sets the link to auto-negotiation and you cannot change that setting.
Page 816: Stack-Unit Portmode
management route – configures a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. stack-unit portmode Split a single 40G port into 4-10G ports on the S4810 or Z9000. S4810, Z-Series Syntax stack-unit stack-unit port number portmode quad Parameters stack-unit Enter the stack member unit identifier of the stack member to reset.
Page 817 switchport backup interface {gigabit slot/port | tengigabit slot/port | fortyGigE slot/port | port-channel number} command. Parameters backup interface Use this option to configure a redundant Layer 2 link without using Spanning Tree. The keywords backup interface configures a backup port so that if the primary port fails, the backup port changes to the up state.
Page 818: Wanport
wanport Enable WAN mode on a TenGigabitEthernet interface. E-Series Syntax wanport To disable the WAN Port, enter the no wanport command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.0 Usage The port must be in a shutdown state to change from LAN mode to WAN mode and vice-versa...
Page 819: Channel-Member
Because each port can be assigned to only one Port Channel, and each Port Channel must have at least one port, some of those nominally available Port Channels might have no function because they could have no members if there are not enough ports installed.
Page 820: Group
You cannot add an interface to a Port Channel if the interface contains an IP address in its configuration. Only the shutdown, description, mtu, and ip mtu commands can be configured on an interface if it is to be added to a Port Channel. The mtu and ip mtu commands are only available when the chassis is in Jumbo mode.
Page 821: Interface Port-Channel
port-channel Enter the keywords port-channel followed by an existing LAG number number. Enter this keyword/variable combination twice, identifying the two LAGs to be paired. Defaults none Command Modes PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP (conf-po-failover-grp) Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 822: Minimum-Links
Usage Port Channel interfaces are logical interfaces and can be either in Layer 2 mode (by using the Information switchport command) or Layer 3 mode (by configuring an IP address). You can add a Port Channel in Layer 2 mode to a VLAN. The shutdown, description, and name commands are the only commands that you can configure on an interface while it is a member of a Port Channel.
Page 823: Port-Channel Failover-Group
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.0 Usage If you use this command to configure the minimum number of links in a LAG that must be in Information “oper up” status, the LAG must have at least that number of “oper up” links before it can be declared as up.
Page 824: Show Interfaces Port-Channel
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.0 Example FTOS(conf-if-po-1)#show config interface Port-channel 1 no ip address shutdown FTOS(conf-if-po-1)# show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups.
Page 825 Field Description Port-Channel 1... Displays the LAG’s status. In the Example, the status of the LAG’s LAG fate-sharing group (“Failover-group”) is listed. Hardware is... Displays the interface’s hardware information and its assigned MAC address. Port-channel is Indicates whether the LAG is part of a LAG fate-sharing group part...
Page 826 Queueing strategy: fifo 44507301 packets input, 3563070343 bytes Input 44506754 IP Packets, 0 Vlans 0 MPLS 41 64-byte pkts, 44502871 over 64-byte pkts, 249 over 127- byte pkts 407 over 255-byte pkts, 3127 over 511-byte pkts, 606 over 1023-byte pkts Received 0 input symbol errors, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 IP Checksum, 0 overrun, 0 discarded...
Page 827: Show Port-Channel-Flow
Related show lacp – displays the LACP matrix. Commands show port-channel-flow Display an egress port in a given port-channel flow. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show port-channel-flow outgoing-port-channel number incoming- interface interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} | {protocol number | icmp | tcp | udp} | {source-port number destination-port number} | {source-mac address destination-mac address {vlan vlanid | ether-type}} Parameters...
Page 828 destination-port Enter the keywords destination-port followed by the number destination port number. The range is 1 to 65536. The default is None. source-mac Enter the keywords source-mac followed by the MAC source address address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. destination-mac Enter the keywords destination-mac followed by the MAC address destination address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
Page 829: Time Domain Reflectometer (Tdr)
{protocol number [icmp/tcp/udp]} {source-port number destination-port number} • Load-balance is configured for IP 5-tuple/3-tuple • An IP payload is going out of a Layer 2 LAG interface that is a member of a VLAN with an IP address Example FTOS#show port-channel-flow outgoing-port-channel 2 incoming- interface gi 3/0 source-ip 2.2.2.0 destination-ip 3.2.3.1 protocol tcp source-port 5...
Page 830: Show Tdr
Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage The interface must be enabled to run the test or an error message is generated: Information FTOS#tdr-cable-test gigabitethernet 5/2 %Error: Interface is disabled GI 5/2...
Page 831: Udp Broadcast
Status Definition Length: 92 (+/- 1) A short is detected on the cable. The location, in this Example is 92 meters, Status: meters. The short is accurate to plus or minus one meter. Shorted Length: 93 (+/- 1) An opening is detected on the cable. The location, in this Example is meters, Status: Open 93 meters.
Page 832: Ip Udp-Broadcast-Address
Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Example FTOS#debug ip udp-helper UDP helper debugging is on 01:20:22: Pkt rcvd on Gi 5/0 with IP DA (0xffffffff) will be sent on Gi 5/1 Gi 5/2 Vlan 3 01:44:54: Pkt rcvd on Gi 7/0 is handed over for DHCP processing.
Page 833: Ip Udp-Helper Udp-Port
ip udp-helper udp-port Enable the UDP broadcast feature on an interface either for all UDP ports or a specified list of UDP ports. E-Series, S4810 Syntax ip udp-helper udp-port [udp-port-list] To disable the UDP broadcast on a port, use the no ip udp-helper udp-port [udp- port-list] command.
Page 834 Pre-version Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Example FTOS#show ip udp-helper -------------------------------------------------- Port port list -------------------------------------------------- Gi 10/0 656, 658 Gi 10/1 Related debug ip udp-helper – enables debug and displays the debug information on a console. Commands ip udp-broadcast-address –...
Page 835: Ipv4 Routing
IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 E-Series, C-Series, S-Series or Z-Series platforms. Use address resolution protocol (ARP) to associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810...
Page 836: Arp Backoff-Time
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Page 837: Arp Learn-Enable
arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax arp learn-enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage In FTOS versions prior to 8.3.1.0, if a gratuitous ARP is received some time after an ARP request Information is sent, only RP2 installs the ARP information.
Page 838: Arp Timeout
Usage Retries are 20 seconds apart. Information Related show arp retries – displays the configured number of ARP retries. Commands arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax arp timeout minutes Parameters...
Page 839 Parameters vrf name E-Series Only: Clear only the ARP cache entries tied to the VRF process. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. •...
Page 840: Clear Host
pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.1 clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax clear host name Parameters name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries.
Page 841: Clear Ip Fib Stack-Unit
Command History Version 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E600i. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.1 Usage Use this command to clear Layer 3 CAM inconsistencies. Information CAUTION: Executing this command causes traffic disruption.
Page 842: Clear Ip Route
clear ip route Clear one or all routes in the routing table. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax clear ip route {* | ip-address mask | vrf vrf instance} Parameters Enter an asterisk (*) to clear all learned IP routes. ip-address mask Enter a specific IP address and mask in dotted decimal format to clear that IP address from the routing table.
Page 843: Debug Arp
(OPTIONAL) Enter the cp to clear only statistics from the Control Processor. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp1 to clear only the statistics from Route Processor 1. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp2 to clear only the statistics from Route Processor 2. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History...
Page 844: Debug Ip Dhcp
• For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094. value count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count followed by the count value. The range is 1 to 65534. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 845: Debug Ip Icmp
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.10 Introduced on the E-Series. Example FTOS#debug ip dhcp 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:26 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received...
Page 846 To disable debugging, use the no debug ip icmp command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Page 847: Debug Ip Packet
Usage Use the count option to stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is Information turned on. debug ip packet View a log of IP packets sent and received. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] command.
Page 848 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Added the access-group option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Page 849 IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.3 (Ma 0/0), len 1500, sending fragment IP Fragment, Ident = 4741, fragment offset = 1480 IP: s=40.40.40.40 (local), d=224.0.0.5 (Gi 4/11), len 64, sending broad/multicast proto=89 IP: s=40.40.40.40 (local), d=224.0.0.6 (Gi 4/11), len 28, sending broad/multicast proto=2 IP: s=0.0.0.0, d=30.30.30.30, len 100, unroutable ICMP type=8, code=0...
Page 850: Ip Address
ip address Assign a primary and secondary IP address to the interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip address ip-address mask [secondary] To delete an IP address from an interface, use the no ip address [ip-address] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format.
Page 851: Ip Domain-List
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command.
Page 852: Ip Domain-Lookup
ip domain-lookup Enable dynamic host-name to address resolution (that is, DNS). C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax p domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 853: Ip Fib Download-Igp-Only
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage You can only configure one domain name with the ip domain-name command. To Information configure more than one domain name, configure the ip domain-list command up to six times.
Page 854: Ip Helper-Address
ip helper-address Specify the address of a DHCP server so that DHCP broadcast messages can be forwarded when the DHCP server is not on the same subnet as the client. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip helper-address ip-address | ipv6-address | default-vrf To remove a DHCP server address, use the no ip helper-address command.
Page 855: Ip Helper-Address Hop-Count Disable
ip helper-address hop-count disable Disable the hop-count increment for the DHCP relay agent. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip helper-address hop-count disable To re-enable the hop-count increment, use the no ip helper-address hop-count disable command. Defaults Enabled; the hops field in the DHCP message header is incremented by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History...
Page 856: Ip Max-Frag-Count
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced for the E-Series.
Page 857: Ip Mtu
ip mtu Set the IP MTU (frame size) of the packet transmitted by the RPM for the line card interface. If the packet must be fragmented, FTOS sets the size of the fragmented packets to the size specified in this command. E-Series, S4810 Syntax ip mtu value...
Page 858: Ip Name-Server
Layer 2 Overhead Difference between Link MTU and IP MTU Ethernet (untagged) 18 bytes VLAN Tag Tag 22 bytes Untagged Packet 22 bytes with VLAN-Stack Header Tagged Packet with 26 bytes VLAN-Stack Header Related – sets the link MTU for an Ethernet interface. Commands ip name-server Enter up to six IPv4 addresses of name servers.
Page 859: Ip Proxy-Arp
You can separately configure both IPv4 and IPv6 domain name servers. Related ipv6 name-server – configures an IPv6 name server. Commands ip proxy-arp Enable proxy ARP on an interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip proxy-arp To disable proxy ARP, use the no ip proxy-arp command. Defaults Enabled.
Page 860: Ip Route
pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Usage This command is available for physical interfaces and port-channel interfaces on the E-Series. Information NOTE: This command is not supported on default VLAN (the default vlan-id command). ip route Assign a static route to the switch. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip route vrf {vrf instance} destination mask {ip-address |...
Page 861 • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094.
Page 862: Ip Source-Route
ip source-route Enable FTOS to forward IP packets with source route information in the header. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip source-route To drop packets with source route information, use the no ip route-source command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1...
Page 863: Ip Vlan-Flooding
ip vlan-flooding Enable unicast data traffic flooding on VLAN member ports. E-Series Syntax ip vlan-flooding To disable, use the no ip vlan-flooding command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage By default, this command is disabled.
Page 864 mac {dest-mac | Enter the keywords to distribute MAC traffic based on the following source-dest-mac criteria: | source-mac} • dest-mac — Uses the destination MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded.
Page 865: Load-Balance (E-Series)
load-balance (E-Series) By default, for E-Series chassis, FTOS uses an IP 5-tuple to distribute IP traffic over members of a Port Channel as well as equal cost paths. To designate another method to balance traffic over Port Channel members, use the load- balance command.
Page 866: Load-Balance Hg
• IP source address • IP destination address • IP Protocol type • TCP/UDP source port • TCP/UDP destination port NOTE: For IPV6, only the first 32 bits (LSB) of IP Source Address and IP Destination Address are used for hash generation. The table below lists the load balance command options and how the command combinations affect the distribution of traffic.
Page 867 Parameters {ip-selection| To use IPv4 key fields in hash computation, enter the keyword ip- ipv6-selection selection followed by one of the parameters. To use IPv6 key source-ip | fields in hash computation, enter the keyword ipv6-selection source-ipv6 | followed by one of the parameters. source-port-id | •...
Page 868: Management Route
Command History Version 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. C-Series, E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax management route {{ip-address mask | {ipv6-address prefix- length}} {forwarding-router-address | managementethernet} To remove a static route, use the no management route{{ip-address mask | {ipv6-address prefix-length}}{forwarding-router-address |...
Page 869: Show Arp
static routes and the Management Connected prefix are not reflected in the hardware routing tables. Separate routing tables are maintained for IPv4 and IPv6 management routes. This command manages both tables. Related interface ManagementEthernet – configures the Management port on the system (either the Commands Primary or Standby RPM).
Page 870 • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip followed by an IP address in the mask dotted decimal format. Enter the optional IP address mask in the slash prefix format (/ x).
Page 871 Row Heading Description Interface Displays the first two letters of the interfaces type and the slot/port associated with the ARP entry. VLAN Displays the VLAN ID, if any, associated with the ARP entry. Lists which CPU the entries are stored on. Example FTOS>show arp Protocol...
Page 872: Show Arp Retries
Row Heading Description Total Entries Lists the total number of ARP entries in the ARP table. Static Entries Lists the total number of configured or static ARP entries. Dynamic Entries Lists the total number of learned or dynamic ARP entries. Lists which CPU the entries are stored on.
Page 873 Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6 addresses. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 874: Show Ip Cam Linecard
Name servers are not set Host Flags Type Address -------- ----- ---- ---- ------- (perm, OK) - 2.2.2.2 4200-1 (perm, OK) - 192.68.69.2 1230-3 (perm, OK) - 192.68.99.2 (perm, OK) - 192.71.18.2 Z10-3 (perm, OK) - 192.71.23.1 FTOS# Related traceroute –...
Page 875 Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Usage The following describes the show ip cam command shown in the Example below. Information Field Description Index Displays the CAM index number of the entry. Destination Displays the destination route of the index.
Page 876 Usage The following describes the show ip cam summary command shown in the Example Information below. Field Description Prefix Length Displays the prefix-length or mask for the IP address configured on the linecard 0 port pipe 0. Current Use Displays the number of routes currently configured for the corresponding prefix or mask on the linecard 0 port pipe 0.
Page 877: Show Ip Cam Stack-Unit
show ip cam stack-unit Display CAM entries for an S-Series or Z-Series switch. S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show ip cam stack-unit id port-set pipe-number [ip-address mask [longer-prefixes] | summary] Parameters Enter the stack-unit ID. The unit ID range is 0 to 7 for S-Series. pipe-number Enter the number of the Port-Pipe number.
Page 878 Field Description Port Displays the egress interface. Use the second half of the entry to determine the interface. For example, in the entry 17cl CP, the CP is the pertinent portion. • CP = control processor • Gi = Gigabit Ethernet interface •...
Page 879: Show Ip Fib Linecard
show ip fib linecard View all forwarding information base (FIB) entries. C-Series, E-Series, S4810 Syntax show ip fib linecard slot-number [vrf vrf instance | ip- address/prefix-list | summary] Parameters vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf followed by the VRF instance name to show the FIB cache entries tied to that VRF instance.
Page 880: Show Ip Fib Stack-Unit
Field Description Mac-Addr Displays the MAC address. Port Displays the egress-port information. Displays the VLAN ID. If no VLAN is assigned, zero (0) is listed. Index Displays the internal interface number. Displays the number of ECMP paths. Example FTOS>show ip fib linecard 12 Destination Gateway First-Hop...
Page 881 longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view the total number of prefixes in the FIB. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 882: Show Ip Flow
show ip flow Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show ip flow interface [vrf vrf instance] interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} {protocol number [tcp | udp] | icmp} {src-port number destination-port number} Parameters vrf instance...
Page 883: Show Ip Interface
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Usage This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow. This is useful in identifying Information which interface the packet follows in the case of Port-channel and Equal Cost Multi Paths. Use this command for routed packed only.
Page 884 • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel followed by a number. For the C-Series and S- Series, the range is 1 to 128. For the E-Series, the range is 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale. •...
Page 885 Lines Description TenGigabitEthernet Displays the interface’s type, slot/port, and physical and line protocol 0/0... status. Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If an IP address is assigned, that address is displayed. IP MTU is... Displays IP MTU value.
Page 886: Show Ip Management-Route
down down GigabitEthernet 1/1 unassigned Manual administratively down down GigabitEthernet 1/2 unassigned YES Manual GigabitEthernet 1/3 unassigned YES Manual GigabitEthernet 1/4 unassigned YES Manual GigabitEthernet 1/5 10.10.10.1 YES Manual GigabitEthernet 1/6 unassigned Manual administratively down down show ip management-route View the IP addresses assigned to the Management interface. C-Series, E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show ip management-route [all | connected | summary | static]...
Page 887: Show Ipv6 Management-Route
----------- ------- ----- 10.1.2.0/24 ManagementEthernet 0/0 Connected 172.16.1.0/24 10.1.2.4 Active FTOS# show ipv6 management-route Display the IPv6 static routes configured for the management interface. C-Series, E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show ipv6 management-route [all | connected | summary | static] Parameters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch.
Page 888: Show Ip Route
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Regular evaluation optimization enabled/disabled added to display output. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 889 mask (OPTIONAL) Specify the network mask of the route. Use this parameter with the IP address parameter. longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. list prefix-list (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword list and the name of a configured prefix list.
Page 890 Usage The following describes the show ip route all command in the Example below. Information Field Description (undefined) Identifies the type of route: • C = connected • S = static • R = RIP • B = BGP • IN = internal BGP •...
Page 891: Show Ip Route List
3.0.0.0/8 via 100.10.10.10, So 2/8 120/1 00:07:12 via 101.10.10.10, So 2/9 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, So 2/8 00:08:54 > R 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, So 2/8 120/0 00:08:54 101.10.10.0/24 Direct, So 2/9 00:09:15 > R 101.10.10.0/24 Direct, So 2/9 120/0 00:09:15 FTOS# Example FTOS#show ip route summary (Summary) Route Source Active Routes...
Page 892: Show Ip Route Summary
Codes:C- connected, S - static, R - RIP, B- BGP, IN - internal BGP, EX - external BGP,LO - Locally Originated, O- OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area, N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2- OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2- OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2- IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default,...
Page 893: Show Ip Traffic
Column Heading Description Route Source Identifies how the route is configured in FTOS. Active Routes Identifies the best route if a route is learned from two protocol sources. Non-active Routes Identifies the back-up routes when a route is learned by two different protocols.
Page 894 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp2 to view only the statistics from Route Processor 2. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 895 Keyword Definition ...bad length The length of the packet was not correct..no port broadcasts The incoming broadcast/multicast packet did not have any listener..socket full The applications buffer was full and the incoming packet had to be dropped. The F10 Monitoring MIB provides access to the statistics described below. •...
Page 896: Show Protocol-Termination-Table
show protocol-termination-table Display the IP packet termination table (IPPTT). E-Series Syntax show protocol-termination-table linecard number port-set port- pipe-number Parameters number linecard Enter the keyword linecard followed by slot number of the line card. For the E-Series, the range is 0 to 13 on a E1200/1200i, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300.
Page 897: Show Tcp Statistics
PIM-SM IGMP OSPF Related show ip cam stack-unit – displays the CAM table. Commands show tcp statistics View information on TCP traffic through the switch. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show tcp statistics {all | cp | rp1 | rp2} Parameters Enter the keyword all to view all TCP information.
Page 898 Field Description Rcvd: Displays the number and types of TCP packets received by the switch. • Total = total packets received • no port = number of packets received with no designated port 0 checksum error... Displays the number of packets received with the following: •...
Page 899 Field Description 14 Connections Displays the number of TCP connections closed, dropped. closed... 20 Total rxmt... Displays the number of times the switch tried to re-send data and the number of connections dropped during the TCP retransmit timeout period. 0 Keepalive..Lists the number of keepalive packets in timeout, the number keepalive probes and the number of TCP connections dropped during keepalive.
Page 901: Ipv6 Access Control Lists (Ipv6 Acls)
IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Force10 E-Series, C-Series, S-Series S4810. or Z9000 platforms. This chapter contains the following sections • IPv6 ACL Commands • IPv6 Route Map Commands...
Page 902: Cam-Acl-Egress
Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • L3 ACL (ipv4acl): 6 • L2 ACL(l2acl): 5 • IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 • L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 1 • L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 1-10 ipv4acl l2acl Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs.
Page 903: Clear Counters Ipv6 Access-Group
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage For the new settings to take effect, you must save the new CAM settings to the startup-config Information (write-mem or copy run start), then reload the system.
Page 904: Deny
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale Added the monitor option. deny Configure a filter that drops IPv6 packets that match the filter criteria. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax deny {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} To remove this filter, you have two choices: •...
Page 905 • Use the no deny icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6- address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command Parameters source address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host from which the packets were sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format.
Page 906: Deny Tcp
The information below lists the keywords displayed in the CLI help and their corresponding ICMP Message Type Name. Keyword ICMP Message Type Name dest-unreachable Destination unreachable echo Echo request (ping) echo-reply Echo reply inverse-nd-na Inverse neighbor discovery advertisement inverse-nd-ns Inverse neighbor discovery solicitation Log matches against this entry mobile- Mobile prefix advertisement...
Page 907 • Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number • Use the no deny tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6- address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command Parameters source address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host from which the packets were sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format.
Page 908 count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. Supported on Jumbo-enabled line cards only. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor to monitor traffic on the monitoring interface specified in the flow-based monitoring session...
Page 909: Deny Udp
deny udp Configure a filter to drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax deny udp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} [operator port [port]] {destination address | any | host ipv6- address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] | [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices:...
Page 910 byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. Supported on Jumbo-enabled line cards only. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor to monitor traffic on the monitoring interface specified in the flow-based monitoring session along with the filter operation.
Page 911: Ipv6 Access-Group
ipv6 access-group Assign an IPv6 access-group to an interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax ipv6 access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan range] To delete an IPv6 access-group configuration, use the no ipv6 access-group access-list-name {in} [implicit-permit] [vlan range] command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters.
Page 912: Ipv6 Access-List
ipv6 access-list Configure an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, S4810 Syntax ipv6 access-list access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ipv6 access-list access-list-name command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the as the access list name as a string, up to 140 characters. Defaults All access lists contain an implicit “deny any”;...
Page 913: Permit
permit Select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP to configure a filter that match the filter criteria. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, S4810 Syntax permit {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} To remove this filter, you have two choices: •...
Page 914: Permit Tcp
format. The range is /0 to /128. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). ipv6-address host Enter the keyword host followed by the IPv6 address of the host in the x:x:x:x::x format.
Page 915 address} [bit] [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] | [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6- address} command.
Page 916 • rst: reset the connection • syn: synchronize sequence numbers • urg: urgent field count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in an ACL log file.
Page 917: Permit Udp
Related permit – assigns a permit filter for IP packets. Commands permit udp – assigns a permit filter for UDP packets. permit udp Configure a filter to pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax permit udp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} [operator port [port]] {destination address | any | host ipv6- address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] | [log] [monitor]...
Page 918 count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in an ACL log file. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor to monitor traffic on the monitoring interface specified in the flow-based monitoring session...
Page 919: Remark
remark Enter a description for an IPv6 ACL entry. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax remark remark number [description] To delete the description, use the no remark remark number command (it is not necessary to include the remark description that you are deleting). Parameters remark number Enter the remark number.
Page 920: Resequence Access-List
resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax resequence access-list {ipv4 | ipv6 | mac} {access-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-Increment} Parameters ipv4 | ipv6 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4, ipv6 or mac to identify the access list type to resequence.
Page 921: Seq
Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of configured prefix list, up to 140 characters. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, the names are up to 16 characters long. StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is 0 to 65535.
Page 922 icmp Enter the keyword icmp to configure an Internet Control Message Protocol version 6 filter. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to configure any Internet Protocol version 6 filter. Enter the keyword tcp to configure a Transmission Control protocol filter. Enter the keyword udp to configure a User Datagram Protocol filter. source address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host from which the packets were sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x...
Page 923: Show Cam-Acl
byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. Supported on Jumbo-enabled line cards only. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor to monitor traffic on the monitoring interface specified in the flow-based monitoring session along with the filter operation.
Page 924: Show Cam-Acl-Egress
Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl Ipv4Acl : Ipv6Acl : Ipv4Qos : L2Qos FTOS#show cam-acl Example (Manual FTOS#show cam-acl Profiles) -- Chassis Cam ACL -- Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl Ipv4Acl : Ipv6Acl : Ipv4Qos : L2Qos -- Line card 4 -- Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl Ipv4Acl :...
Page 925: Show Config
Ipv6Acl : -- Stack unit 0 -- Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl Ipv4Acl : Ipv6Acl : FTOS#show cam-acl Related cam-acl – configures CAM profiles to support IPv6 ACLs. Commands show config View the current IPv6 ACL configuration. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax show config Command Modes...
Page 926 • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel followed by a number. For the C-Series and S- Series, the range is 1 to 128. For the E-Series, the range is 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
Page 927: Show Running-Config Acl
show running-config acl Display the ACL running configuration. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax show running-config acl Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
Page 928 Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series TeraScale. Usage This command applies to both IPv4 and IPv6 CAM Profiles, but is best used when verifying QoS Information optimization for IPv6 ACLs.
Page 929: Ipv6 Route Map Commands
2 port-set 1 Linecard|Portpipe| CAM Partition|Available CAM|Estimated CAM per Port|Status --------------------------------------------------------------- IPv4Flow| 232| Allowed IPv6Flow| Allowed FTOS# IPv6 Route Map Commands The following commands allow you to configure route maps and their redistribution criteria. match ipv6 address Configure a filter to match routes based on IPv6 addresses specified in an access list. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax match ipv6 address prefix-list-name...
Page 930: Match Ipv6 Route-Source
To delete a match, use the no match ipv6 next-hop prefix-list prefix- list-name command. Parameters prefix- prefix-list Enter the keywords prefix-list followed by the name of list-name configured prefix list, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 931: Route-Map
route-map Designate a IPv6 route map name and enter ROUTE-MAP mode. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax route-map map-name To delete a route map, use the no route-map map-name command. Parameters map-name Enter a text string to name the route map, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured.
Page 932: Show Config
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage The set ipv6 next-hop command is the only way to set an IPv6 Next-Hop. Information show config View the current IPv6 ACL configuration.
Page 933 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Example FTOS#show route-map route-map Rmap1, permit, sequence 10 Match clauses: ip address: v4plist ipv6 address: plist1 ipv6 next-hop prefix-lists: plist2 ipv6 route-source prefix-lists: plist3 Set clauses: next-hop 1.1.1.1...
Page 935: Ipv6 Basics
IPv6 Basics IPv6 Basic Commands are supported on Dell Force10 E-Series, C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, or S4810 platforms. NOTE: For information about the Force10 operating software (FTOS) version and platform that supports IPv6 in each FTOS Configuration Guide . software feature, refer to the "IPv6 Addressing" chapter of the clear ipv6 fib Clear (refresh) all forwarding information base (FIB) entries on a linecard or stack unit.
Page 936: Clear Ipv6 Mld_Host
Parameters Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix prefix-length length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Page 937: Ipv6 Address
Command History Version 9.1.(0.0) Updated Usage Information section. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Infomation • Up to two addresses can be configured by SAA. If any preferred prefix or valid timers time out, the corresponding address will be deprecated or removed respectively. If an address is removed due to a time out, an address from the current unused prefix is used to create a new address.
Page 938: Ipv6 Control-Plane Icmp Error-Rate-Limit
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support on the management Ethernet port. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage • If two addresses are configured, you must delete an existing address before Information configuring a new address.
Page 939: Ipv6 Flowlabel-Zero
Default 100 pps Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 flowlabel-zero Configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. S4810 Syntax ipv6 flowlabel-zero To disable the 0 from being set in the field and allow the field to be filled by protocol operations, use the no ipv6 flowlabel-zero command.
Page 940: Ipv6 Name-Server
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. ipv6 name-server Enter up to six IPv6 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ipv6 name-server ipv6-address [ipv6-address2...
Page 941: Ipv6 Nd Dad Attempts
ipv6 nd dad attempts Configure the number of neighbor solicitation messages that are sent to perform duplicate address detection (DAD) on the management interface. S4810 Syntax ipv6 nd dad attempts {number of attempts} To restore the default value, use the no ipv6 nd dad attempts command. Parameters number of Enter the number of attempts to be made to detect a duplicate...
Page 942: Ipv6 Route
valid-lifetime | Enter the amount of time that the prefix is advertised, or enter infinite infinite for an unlimited amount of time. The range is 0 to 4294967295. The default is 2592000. The maximum value means that the preferred lifetime does not expire for the valid-life time parameter. preferred-lifetime Enter the amount of time that the prefix is preferred, or enter | infinite...
Page 943 • For the null interface, enter the keyword null followed by zero (0). • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. •...
Page 944: Ipv6 Unicast-Routing
Usage When the interface goes down, FTOS withdraws the route. The route is re-installed, by FTOS, Information when the interface comes back up. When a recursive resolution is “broken,” FTOS withdraws the route. The route is re-installed, by FTOS, when the recursive resolution is satisfied. After an IPv6 static route interface is created, if an IP address is not assigned to a peer interface, the peer must be manually pinged to resolve the neighbor information.
Page 945: Show Ipv6 Cam Linecard
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Because this command is enabled by default, it does not appear in the running configuration. Information When you disable unicast routing, the no ipv6 unicast-routing command is included in the running configuration.
Page 946 Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage The forwarding table displays host route first, then displays route originated by routing protocol Information including static route.
Page 947: Show Ipv6 Cam Stack-Unit
Prefix First-Hop Mac-Addr Port VId EC ---------------------------------------------------------- [ 4096] 500::/64 : : 0 0 :00:00:00:00:00 [ 4096] 700::/64 : : 0 0 :00:00:00:00:00 FTOS# show ipv6 cam stack-unit Displays the IPv6 CAM entries for the specified stack-unit. S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show ipv6 cam stack-unit unit-number port-set {0-1} [summary | index | ipv6 address]...
Page 948: Show Ipv6 Control-Plane Icmp
NOTE: If a route has a mask greater than 64, no output is displayed and no output is displayed for show ipv6 cam stack-unit unit-number port-set {0-1} ipv6-address, but an equivalent /64 entry would be listed in the show ipv6 cam stack-unit unit-number port-set {0-1} output.
Page 949: Show Ipv6 Fib Stack-Unit
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ipv6 fib stack-unit View all FIB entries.
Page 950: Show Ipv6 Flowlabel-Zero
show ipv6 flowlabel-zero Display the flow label zero setting. S4810 Syntax show ipv6 flowlabel-zero Default Disabled Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Related ipv6 nd dad attempts – Configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. Commands show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
Page 951 configured (OPTIONAL) View information on all IPv6 configured interfaces. gigabitethernet (OPTIONAL) View information for an IPv6 gigabitethernet interface. slot- linecard (OPTIONAL) View information for a specific IPv6 linecard or S-Series number stack-unit: • The range is 0 to 13 on a E1200, 0 to 6 on a E600, and 0 to 5 on a E300 •...
Page 952 2001::1, subnet is 2001::/64 2002::1, subnet is 2002::/120 2003::1, subnet is 2003::/120 2004::1, subnet is 2004::/32 Global Anycast address(es): Joined Group address(es): ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:1 ff02::1:ff8a:e8f7 ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds...
Page 953: Show Ipv6 Mld_Host
show ipv6 mld_host Display the IPv6 MLD host counters. S4810 Syntax show ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage The following describes the show ipv6 mld-host command shown in the Example Information below: Field Description Valid MLD Packets...
Page 954: Show Ipv6 Route
show ipv6 route Displays the IPv6 routes. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show ipv6 route [ipv6-address prefix-length] [hostname] [all] [bgp as number] [connected] [isis tag] [list prefix-list name] [ospf process-id] [rip] [static] [summary] Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by prefix-length the prefix length in the /x format.
Page 955 Field Description (undefined) Identifies the type of route: • L = Local • C = connected • S = static • R = RIP • B = BGP • IN = internal BGP • EX = external BGP • LO = Locally Originated •...
Page 956: Trust Ipv6-Diffserv
Direct, Gi 1/1, 00:28:49 2004::/32 [0/0] Direct, Gi 1/1, 00:28:49 fe80::/10 [0/0] Direct, Nu 0, 00:29:09 Example (S- FTOS#show ipv6 route Series) Codes:C-connected, L-local, S-static, R-RIP, B-BGP, IN-internal BGP, EX-external BGP,LO-Locally Originated, O-OSPF, IA-OSPF inter area, N1-OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2-OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1-OSPF external type 1, E2-OSPF external type 2, i-IS-IS, L1-IS-IS level-1, L2-IS-IS level-2, IA- IS-IS inter area, *-candidate default,...
Page 957 Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage When you configure trust IPv6 diffserv, matched bytes/packets counters are not incremented Information in the show qos statistics command. Trust diffserv (IPv4) can co-exist with trust ipv6-diffserv in an Input Policy Map. Dynamic classification happens based on the mapping as shown: IPv6 Service Class Queue ID...
Page 959: Iscsi Optimization
Optimization Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on an S4810 system. Use the following Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) commands to configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature. advertise dcbx-app-tlv Configure DCBX to send iSCSI TLV advertisements.
Page 960: Iscsi Cos
Defaults 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. iscsi cos Set the QoS policy that is applied to the iSCSI flows. S4810 Syntax iscsi cos {enable | disable | dot1p vlan-priority-value [remark] | dscp dscp-value [remark]} To disable the QoS policy, use the no iscsi cos dscp command.
Page 961: Iscsi Enable
Usage By default, iSCSI flows are assigned to dot1p priority 4. Dell Force10 recommends changing the Information dot1p priority-queue setting to 0 (zero). iscsi enable Globally enable iSCSI optimization. S4810 Syntax iscsi enable To disable iSCSI optimization, use the no iscsi command.
Page 962: Iscsi Profile-Compellant
Configure the auto-detection of Dell Compellent arrays on a port. S4810 Syntax iscsi profile-compellent Defaults Dell Compellent disk arrays are not detected. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
Page 963: Show Iscsi
show iscsi Display the currently configured iSCSI settings. S4810 Syntax show iscsi Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Example FTOS#show iscsi iSCSI is enabled iSCSI session monitoring is disabled iSCSI COS : dot1p is 4 no-remark Session aging time: 10...
Page 964: Show Iscsi Session Detailed
Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Example FTOS# show isci session Session 0: ------------------------------------------------------ Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic: 0-8a0906-0e70c2002-10a0018426a48c94-iom010 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:win-x9l8v27yajg ISID: 400001370000 Session 1: --------------------------------------------------------- Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic: 0-8a0906-0f60c2002-0360018428d48c94-iom011 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:win-x9l8v27yajg ISID: 400001370000. Usage Only sessions observed by the switch will be learnt; sessions flowing through an adjacent Information switch will not be learnt.
Page 965: Show Run Iscsi
Example FTOS# show isci session detailed Session 0 : --------------------------------------------------- Target:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia:ixload:iscsi-TG1 Initiator:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia.ixload:initiator-iscsi-2c Up Time:00:00:01:28(DD:HH:MM:SS) Time for aging out:00:00:09:34(DD:HH:MM:SS) ISID:806978696102 Initiator Initiator Target Target Connection IP Address TCP Port IP Address TCPPort ID 10.10.0.44 33345 10.10.0.101 3260 Session 1 : ---------------------------------------------------- Target:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia:ixload:iscsi-TG1 Initiator:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia.ixload:initiator-iscsi-35 Up Time:00:00:01:22(DD:HH:MM:SS)
Page 967: Intermediate System To Intermediate System (Is-Is)
Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS- The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) protocol for IPv4 and IPv6 is supported on the E-Series and S4810 platforms. IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic.
Page 968: Advertise
advertise Leak routes between levels (distribute IP prefixes between Level 1 and Level 2 and vice versa). E-Series, S4810 Syntax advertise {level1-into-level2 | level2-into-level1} prefix- list-name To return to the default, use the no advertise {level1-into-level2 | level2- into-level1}[prefix-list-name] command. Parameters level1-into-level2 Enter the keywords level1-into-level2 to advertise Level 1...
Page 969: Clear Config
Parameters hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. password Enter a 1 to 16-character length alphanumeric string to prevent unauthorized access or incorrect routing information corrupting the link state database.
Page 970: Clear Isis
clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared. E-Series, S4810 Syntax clear isis [tag] {* | database | traffic} Parameters (Optional) Enter an alphanumeric string to specify the IS-IS routing tag area. Enter the keyword * to clear all IS-IS information and restart the IS-IS process.
Page 971: Debug Isis
debug isis Enable debugging for all IS-IS operations. E-Series, S4810 Syntax debug isis To disable debugging of IS-IS, use the no debug isis command. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Entering debug isis enables all debugging parameters. Information Use this command to display all debugging information in one output.
Page 972: Debug Isis Local-Updates
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. debug isis local-updates Enables debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information to debug IS-IS local update packets. E-Series, S4810 Syntax debug isis local-updates [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis local-updates [interface] command.
Page 973: Debug Isis Snp-Packets
debug isis snp-packets Enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information to debug IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) and partial sequence number PDU (PSNP) packets. E-Series, S4810 Syntax debug isis snp-packets [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis snp-packets [interface] command.
Page 974: Debug Isis Update-Packets
Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis update-packets Enable debugging on link state PDUs (LSPs) that are detected by a router. E-Series, S4810 Syntax debug isis update-packets [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis update-packets [interface] command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: •...
Page 975 To disable the generation of a default route into the specified IS-IS routing domain, use the no default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [route- map map-name] command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to have the default route always advertised. metric metric (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric followed by a number to...
Page 976: Description
description Enter a description of the IS-IS routing protocol. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, S4810 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the IS-IS protocol (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER ISIS...
Page 977: Distribute-List In
Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage The administrative distance indicates the trust value of incoming packets. A low administrative Information distance indicates a high trust rate. A high value indicates a lower trust rate. For example, a weight of 255 is interpreted that the routing information source is not trustworthy and should be ignored.
Page 978: Distribute-List Out
Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Related • distribute-list out – suppresses networks from being advertised in updates. Commands • redistribute – redistributes routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. distribute-list out Suppress network prefixes from being advertised in outbound updates. E-Series, S4810 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [connected | bgp as number...
Page 979: Distribute-List Redistributed-Override
Related • distribute-list in – filters the networks received in updates. Commands • redistribute – redistributes routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. distribute-list redistributed-override Suppress flapping of routes when the same route is redistributed into IS-IS from multiple routers in the network. E-Series, S4810 Syntax distribute-list redistributed-override in...
Page 980: Graceful-Restart Ietf
password Enter an alphanumeric string up to 16 characters long. If you do not specify an encryption type or hmac-md5 keywords, the password is processed as plain text which provides limited security. Defaults No default password. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 981: Graceful-Restart Interval
graceful-restart interval Set the graceful restart grace period, the time during that all graceful restart attempts are prevented. E-Series, S4810 Syntax graceful-restart interval minutes To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart interval command. Parameters minutes Enter the graceful-restart interval minutes. The range is 1 to 20 minutes.
Page 982: Graceful-Restart T1
graceful-restart t1 Set the graceful restart wait time before unacknowledged restart requests are generated. This wait time is the interval before the system sends a restart request (an IIH with RR bit set in Restart TLV) until the CSNP is received from the helping router.
Page 983: Graceful-Restart T3
Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t3 Configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. E-Series, S4810 Syntax graceful-restart t3 {adjacency | manual} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t3 command. Parameters adjacency Enter the keyword adjacency so that the restarting router receives the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so if you have configured this option.
Page 984: Hello Padding
hello padding Use to turn ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs or to selectively turn padding ON or OFF for LAN or point-to-point hello PDUs. E-Series, S4810 Syntax hello padding [multi-point | point-to-point] To return to the default, use the no hello padding [multi-point | point-to- point] command.
Page 985: Ignore-Lsp-Errors
Related clns host – defines a name-to-NSAP mapping. Commands ignore-lsp-errors Ignore LSPs with bad checksums instead of purging those LSPs. E-Series, S4810 Syntax ignore-lsp-errors To return to the default values, use the no ignore-lsp-errors command. Defaults In IS-IS, the default deletes LSPs with internal checksum errors (no ignore-lsp- errors).
Page 986: Ipv6 Router Isis
Usage Use the net command to assign a network entity title to enable IS-IS. Information Related • – configures an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process. Commands • router isis – enables the IS-IS routing protocol. ipv6 router isis Enable the IPv6 IS-IS routing protocol and specify an IPv6 IS-IS process.
Page 987: Isis Circuit-Type
isis circuit-type Configure the adjacency type on interfaces. E-Series, S4810 Syntax isis circuit-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no isis circuit-type command. Parameters level-1 You can form a Level 1 adjacency if there is at least one common area address between this system and neighbors.
Page 988: Isis Hello-Interval
Parameters seconds Interval of transmission time between CSNPs on multi-access networks for the designated intermediate system. The range is 0 to 65535. The default is 10. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 1. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 2.
Page 989: Isis Hello-Multiplier
Usage Hello packets are held for a length of three times the value of the hello interval. Use a high Information hello interval seconds to conserve bandwidth and CPU usage. Use a low hello interval seconds for faster convergence (but uses more bandwidth and CPU resources). Related isis hello-multiplier –...
Page 990: Isis Hello Padding
isis hello padding Turn ON or OFF padding of hello PDUs from INTERFACE mode. E-Series, S4810 Syntax isis hello padding To return to the default, use the no isis hello padding command. Defaults Padding of hello PDUs is enabled (ON). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History...
Page 991: Isis Metric
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Dell Force10 recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this Information command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis metric Assign a metric to an interface. E-Series, S4810 Syntax isis metric default-metric [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis metric [default-metric] [level-1 | level-2] command.
Page 992: Isis Network Point-To-Point
isis network point-to-point Enable the software to treat a broadcast interface as a point-to-point interface. E-Series, S4810 Syntax isis network point-to-point To disable the feature, use the no isis network point-to-point command. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 993: Isis Priority
You can assign different passwords for different routing levels by using the keywords level-1 and level-2. The no form of this command disables the password for Level 1 or Level 2 routing, using the respective keywords level-1 or level-2. This password provides limited security as it is processed as plain text. isis priority Set the priority of the designated router you select.
Page 994: Is-Type
is-type Configure IS-IS operating level for a router. E-Series, S4810 Syntax is-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no is-type command. Parameters level-1 Allows a router to act as a Level 1 router. level-1-2 Allows a router to act as both a Level 1 and Level 2 router.
Page 995: Lsp-Gen-Interval
lsp-gen-interval Set the minimum interval between successive generations of link-state packets (LSPs). E-Series, S4810 Syntax lsp-gen-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] To restore default values, use the no lsp-gen-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] command.
Page 996: Lsp-Mtu
lsp-mtu Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of IS-IS link-state packets (LSPs). This command only limits the size of LSPs generated by this router. E-Series, S4810 Syntax lsp-mtu size To return to the default values, use the no lsp-mtu command. Parameters size The maximum LSP size, in bytes.
Page 997: Max-Area-Addresses
Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. Usage The refresh interval determines the rate at which route topology information is transmitted Information preventing the information from becoming obsolete. The refresh interval must be less than the LSP lifetime specified with the max-lsp- lifetime command.
Page 998: Maximum-Paths
To restore the default time, use the no max-lsp-lifetime command. Parameters seconds The maximum lifetime of LSP in seconds. This value must be greater than the lsp-refresh-interval command. The higher the value the longer the LSPs are kept. The range is 1 to 65535. The default is 1200.
Page 999: Metric-Style
metric-style Configure a router to generate and accept old-style, new-style, or both styles of type, length, and values (TLV). E-Series, S4810 Syntax metric-style {narrow [transition] | transition | wide [transition]} [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no metric-style {narrow [transition] | transition | wide [transition]} [level-1 | level-2] command.
Page 1000: Net
Parameters transition Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced. Use this mandatory command to configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start. E-Series, S4810 Syntax net network-entity-title...
Page 1001: Redistribute
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16383. •...
Page 1002 metric- metric (OPTIONAL) Assign a value to the redistributed route. The range is 0 value to 16777215. The default is 0. Use a value that is consistent with the destination protocol. metric-type (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route {external | advertised into a routing domain.
Page 1003: Redistribute Bgp
Related • default-information originate – generates a default route for the IS-IS domain. Commands • distribute-list out – suppresses networks from being advertised in updates. This command filters redistributed routing information. redistribute bgp Redistribute routing information from a BGP process. (New command in Release 6.3.1.) E-Series, S4810 Syntax redistribute bgp AS number [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2]...
Page 1004: Redistribute Ospf
Command Modes for IPv4 ) • ROUTER ISIS ( for IPv6 ) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 ( Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage BGP to IS-IS redistribution supports “match” options using route maps. You can set the metric Information value, level, and metric-type of redistributed routes by the redistribution command.
Page 1005 • internal level-1 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level 1 routes. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level-1-2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level 2 routes. This is the default. match {external | (OPTIONAL) The command used for OSPF to route and redistribute internal}...
Page 1006: Router Isis
router isis Allows you to enable the IS-IS routing protocol and to specify an IP IS-IS process. E-Series, S4810 Syntax router isis [tag] To disable IS-IS routing, use the no router isis [tag] command. Parameters (OPTIONAL) This is a unique name for a routing process. A null tag is assumed if the tag option is not specified.
Page 1007: Show Config
for IPv6 ) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 ( Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Set the overload bit when a router experiences problems, such as a memory shortage due to Information an incomplete link state database which can result in an incomplete or inaccurate routing table.
Page 1008: Show Isis Database
show isis database Display the IS-IS link state database. E-Series, S4810 Syntax show isis database [level-1 | level-2] [local] [detail | summary] [lspid] Parameters level-1 (OPTIONAL) Displays the Level 1 IS-IS link-state database. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Displays the Level 2 IS-IS link-state database. local (OPTIONAL) Displays local link-state database information.
Page 1009 Attach bit to find the closest Level 2 router. They point a default route to the closest Level 2 router. This value represents the P bit. This bit is always set to zero as Dell Force10 does not support area partition repair.
Page 1010: Show Isis Graceful-Restart Detail
IPv6 Address: 1011::1 Topology: IPv4 (0x00) IPv6 (0x8002) Metric: 10 IS OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IS (MT-IPv6) OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 20 IP 10.3.3.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1011::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 2511::/64 Metric: 20...
Page 1011: Show Isis Hostname
show isis hostname Display IS-IS host names configured or learned on the E-Series. E-Series, S4810 Syntax show isis hostname Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example FTOS#show isis hostname System Id Dynamic Name Static Name *F100.E120.0013 Force10 ISIS...
Page 1012: Show Isis Neighbors
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example FTOSF>show isis int GigabitEthernet 0/7 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 37847070, Local circuit ID 1 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.01 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1...
Page 1013 Series, the range is 1 to 128. For the E-Series, the range is 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale. • For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Page 1014: Show Isis Protocol
Adjacency being used for MTs: IPv4 IPv6 FTOS# show isis protocol Display IS-IS routing information. E-Series, S4810 Syntax show isis protocol Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example The bold section below identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled. FTOS#show isis protocol IS-IS Router: <Null Tag>...
Page 1015 Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel followed by a number. For the C-Series and S- Series, the range is 1 to 128.
Page 1016: Spf-Interval
Item Description LSP checksum Displays the number of checksum errors LSPs received. errors received LSP authentication Displays the number of LSP authentication failures. failures Example FTOS#sho is traffic IS-IS: Level-1 Hellos (sent/rcvd) : 0/721 IS-IS: Level-2 Hellos (sent/rcvd) : 900/943 IS-IS: PTP Hellos (sent/rcvd) : 0/0 IS-IS: Level-1 LSPs sourced (new/refresh) : 0/0 IS-IS: Level-2 LSPs sourced (new/refresh) : 1/3...
Page 1017 second_wait_inte (OPTIONAL) Enter the wait interval, in seconds, between the first and rval seconds second SPF calculations. The range is 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes for IPv4 ) • ROUTER ISIS ( for IPv6 ) •...
Page 1018 1018...
Page 1019: Link Aggregation Control Protocol (Lacp)
Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Force10’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs)—known as “port-channels” in the Dell Force10 operating software [FTOS]. The LACP commands in this chapter are supported by FTOS on all E-Series, C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, or S4810 Dell Force10 systems.
Page 1020: Debug Lacp
debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, etc.) C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax debug lacp [config | events | pdu [in | out | [interface [in | out]]]] To disable LACP debugging, use the no debug lacp [config | events | pdu [in | out | [interface [in | out]]]] command.
Page 1021: Lacp Long-Timeout
Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session. C-Series, E-Series, S4810 Syntax lacp long-timeout...
Page 1022: Lacp System-Priority
Parameters priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is 1 to 65535. The default is 32768. Defaults 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.

Dell Force10 S4810P Reference Manual

Notes, Cautions, and Warnings

1 About this Guide

151 CLI Basics

3 File Management

4 Control and Monitoring

802.1Ag

802.1X

7 Access Control Lists (ACL)

8 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD)

Quick Links

Related Manuals for Dell Force10 S4810P

Summary of Contents for Dell Force10 S4810P